Added to the repository

52 files changed, 13364 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/doc/.cvsignore b/doc/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3dda729
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/doc/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Makefile.in
+Makefile
diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3ec682
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# This file is part of GNU cpio
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  
+
+info_TEXINFOS = cpio.texi
+man_MANS = cpio.1 mt.1
+EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS)
diff --git a/doc/cpio.1 b/doc/cpio.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5051f8d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/doc/cpio.1
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+.TH CPIO 1L \" -*- nroff -*-
+.SH NAME
+cpio \- copy files to and from archives
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B cpio
+{\-o|\-\-create} [\-0acvABLV] [\-C bytes] [\-H format] [\-M message]
+[\-O [[user@]host:]archive] [\-F [[user@]host:]archive]
+[\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-format=format] [\-\-message=message]
+[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot] [\-\-append]
+[\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-dereference] [\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-quiet]
+[\-\-force\-local] [\-\-rsh-command=command] [\-\-help] [\-\-version]
+< name-list [> archive]
+
+.B cpio
+{\-i|\-\-extract} [\-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [\-C bytes] [\-E file] [\-H format]
+[\-M message] [\-R [user][:.][group]] [\-I [[user@]host:]archive]
+[\-F [[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive]
+[\-\-make-directories] [\-\-nonmatching] [\-\-preserve-modification-time]
+[\-\-numeric-uid-gid] [\-\-rename] [\-t|\-\-list] [\-\-swap-bytes] [\-\-swap] [\-\-dot]
+[\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-swap-halfwords]
+[\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-pattern-file=file] [\-\-format=format]
+[\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner] [\-\-message=message]
+[\-\-force\-local] [\-\-no\-absolute\-filenames] [\-\-sparse]
+[\-\-only\-verify\-crc] [\-\-quiet] [\-\-rsh-command=command] [\-\-help]
+[\-\-version] [pattern...] [< archive]
+
+.B cpio
+{\-p|\-\-pass-through} [\-0adlmuvLV] [\-R [user][:.][group]]
+[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-make-directories] [\-\-link] [\-\-quiet]
+[\-\-preserve-modification-time] [\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot]
+[\-\-dereference] [\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner]
+[\-\-sparse] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] destination-directory < name-list
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page
+documents the GNU version of
+.BR cpio .
+.B cpio
+copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, which is a file that
+contains other files plus information about them, such as their
+file name, owner, timestamps, and access permissions.  The archive can
+be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe.
+.B cpio
+has three operating modes.
+.PP
+In copy-out mode,
+.B cpio
+copies files into an archive.  It reads a list of filenames, one per
+line, on the standard input, and writes the archive onto the standard
+output.  A typical way to generate the list of filenames is with the
+.B find
+command; you should give
+.B find
+the \-depth option to minimize problems with permissions on
+directories that are unwritable or not searchable.
+.PP
+In copy-in mode,
+.B cpio
+copies files out of an archive or lists the archive contents.  It
+reads the archive from the standard input.  Any non-option command
+line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only files in the archive
+whose names match one or more of those patterns are copied from the
+archive.  Unlike in the shell, an initial `.' in a filename does
+match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a `/' in a filename
+can match wildcards.  If no patterns are given, all files are
+extracted.
+.PP
+In copy-pass mode,
+.B cpio
+copies files from one directory tree to another, combining the
+copy-out and copy-in steps without actually using an archive.
+It reads the list of files to copy from the standard input; the
+directory into which it will copy them is given as a non-option
+argument.
+.PP
+.B cpio
+supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII, new
+ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar.  
+The binary format 
+is obsolete because it encodes information about the files in a way
+that is not portable between different machine architectures.
+The old ASCII format is portable between different machine architectures,
+but should not be used on file systems with more than 65536 i-nodes.
+The new ASCII format is portable between different machine architectures
+and can be used on any size file system, but is not supported by all
+versions of
+.BR cpio ;
+currently, it is only supported by GNU and Unix System V R4.
+The crc format is
+like the new ASCII format, but also contains a checksum for each file
+which
+.B cpio 
+calculates when creating an archive
+and verifies when the file is extracted from the archive.
+The HPUX formats are provided for compatibility with HPUX's cpio which
+stores device files differently.
+.PP
+The tar format is provided for compatability with
+the
+.B tar
+program.  It can not be used to archive files with names
+longer than 100 characters, and can not be used to archive "special"
+(block or character devices) files.
+The POSIX.1 tar format can not be used to archive files with names longer
+than 255 characters (less unless they have a "/" in just the right place).
+.PP
+By default,  
+.B cpio
+creates binary format archives, for compatibility with
+older
+.B cpio
+programs.
+When extracting from archives,
+.B cpio
+automatically recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can
+read archives created on machines with a different byte-order.
+.PP
+Some of the options to
+.B cpio
+apply only to certain operating modes; see the SYNOPSIS section for a
+list of which options are allowed in which modes.
+.SS OPTIONS
+.TP
+.I "\-0, \-\-null"
+In copy-out and copy-pass modes, read a list of filenames terminated
+by a null character instead of a newline, so that files whose names
+contain newlines can be archived.  GNU
+.B find
+is one way to produce a list of null-terminated filenames.
+.TP
+.I "\-a, \-\-reset-access-time"
+Reset the access times of files after reading them, so that it does
+not look like they have just been read.
+.TP
+.I "\-A, \-\-append"
+Append to an existing archive.  Only works in copy-out mode.  The
+archive must be a disk file specified with the
+.I \-O
+or
+.I "\-F (\-\-file)"
+option.
+.TP
+.I "\-b, \-\-swap"
+In copy-in mode, swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords
+in the data.  Equivalent to
+.IR "\-sS" .
+Use this option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and
+little-endian machines.
+.TP
+.I "\-B"
+Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes.  Initially the block size is 512
+bytes.
+.TP
+.I "\-\-block-size=BLOCK-SIZE"
+Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes.
+.TP
+.I "\-c"
+Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format.
+.TP
+.I "\-C IO-SIZE, \-\-io-size=IO-SIZE"
+Set the I/O block size to IO-SIZE bytes.
+.TP
+.I "\-d, \-\-make-directories"
+Create leading directories where needed.
+.TP
+.I "\-E FILE, \-\-pattern-file=FILE"
+In copy-in mode, read additional patterns specifying filenames to
+extract or list from FILE.  The lines of FILE are treated as if they
+had been non-option arguments to
+.BR cpio .
+.TP
+.I "\-f, \-\-nonmatching"
+Only copy files that do not match any of the given patterns.
+.TP
+.I "\-F, \-\-file=archive"
+Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output.  To use a
+tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that
+starts with `HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a
+username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if
+you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
+`~/.rhosts' file).
+.TP
+.I "\-\-force-local"
+With
+.IR \-F ,
+.IR \-I ,
+or
+.IR \-O ,
+take the archive file name to be a local file even if it contains a
+colon, which would ordinarily indicate a remote host name.
+.TP
+.I "\-H FORMAT, \-\-format=FORMAT"
+Use archive format FORMAT.  The valid formats are listed below;
+the same names are also recognized in all-caps.  The default in
+copy-in mode is to automatically detect the archive format, and in
+copy-out mode is "bin".
+.RS
+.IP bin
+The obsolete binary format.
+.IP odc
+The old (POSIX.1) portable format.
+.IP newc
+The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems having
+more than 65536 i-nodes.
+.IP crc
+The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added.
+.IP tar
+The old tar format.
+.IP ustar
+The POSIX.1 tar format.  Also recognizes GNU
+.B tar
+archives, which are similar but not identical.
+.IP hpbin
+The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files
+differently).
+.IP hpodc
+The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files differently).
+.RE
+.TP
+.I "\-i, \-\-extract"
+Run in copy-in mode.
+.TP
+.I "\-I archive"
+Archive filename to use instead of standard input.  To use a
+tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that
+starts with `HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a
+username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if
+you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
+`~/.rhosts' file).
+.TP
+.I \-k
+Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of
+.BR cpio .
+.TP
+.I "\-l, \-\-link"
+Link files instead of copying them, when possible.
+.TP
+.I "\-L, \-\-dereference"
+Dereference symbolic links (copy the files that they point to instead
+of copying the links).
+.TP
+.I "\-m, \-\-preserve-modification-time"
+Retain previous file modification times when creating files.
+.TP
+.I "\-M MESSAGE, \-\-message=MESSAGE"
+Print MESSAGE when the end of a volume of the backup media (such as a
+tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to insert a new
+volume.  If MESSAGE contains the string "%d", it is replaced by the
+current volume number (starting at 1).
+.TP
+.I "\-n, \-\-numeric-uid-gid"
+In the verbose table of contents listing, show numeric UID and GID
+instead of translating them into names.
+Also extracts tar archives using the numeric UID and GID instead of the
+user/group names.
+.RB ( cpio
+archives are always extracted using the numeric UID and GID.)
+.TP
+.I " \-\-no-absolute-filenames"
+In copy-in mode, create all files relative to the current directory,
+even if they have an absolute file name in the archive.
+.TP
+.I " \-\-no-preserve-owner"
+In copy-in mode and copy-pass mode, do not change the ownership of the
+files; leave them owned by the user extracting them.  This is the
+default for non-root users, so that users on System V don't
+inadvertantly give away files.
+.TP
+.I "\-o, \-\-create"
+Run in copy-out mode.
+.TP
+.I "\-O archive"
+Archive filename to use instead of standard output.  To use a tape
+drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts
+with `HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a username and an
+`@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have
+permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts'
+file).
+.TP
+.I " \-\-only-verify-crc"
+When reading a CRC format archive in copy-in mode, only verify the
+CRC's of each file in the archive, don't actually extract the files.
+.TP
+.I "\-p, \-\-pass-through"
+Run in copy-pass mode.
+.TP
+.I "\-\-quiet"
+Do not print the number of blocks copied.
+.TP
+.I "\-r, \-\-rename"
+Interactively rename files.
+.TP
+.I "\-R [user][:.][group], \-\-owner [user][:.][group]"
+In copy-out and copy-pass modes, set the ownership of all files created
+to the specified user and/or group.  Either the user or the group, or
+both, must be present.  If the group is omitted but the ":" or "."
+separator is given, use the given user's login group.  Only the
+super-user can change files' ownership.
+.TP
+.I "\-\-rsh-command=COMMAND"
+Notifies
+.B mt
+that it should use COMMAND to communicate with remote devices instead of
+.I /usr/bin/ssh
+or
+.IR /usr/bin/rsh .
+.TP
+.I "\-\-sparse"
+In copy-in and copy-pass modes, write files with large blocks of zeros
+as sparse files.
+.TP
+.I "\-s, \-\-swap-bytes"
+In copy-in mode, swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in the
+files.
+.TP
+.I "\-S, \-\-swap-halfwords"
+In copy-in mode, swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the
+files.
+.TP
+.I "\-t, \-\-list"
+Print a table of contents of the input.
+.TP
+.I "\-u, \-\-unconditional"
+Replace all files, without asking whether to replace existing newer
+files with older files.
+.TP
+.I "\-v, \-\-verbose"
+List the files processed, or with
+.IR \-t ,
+give an `ls \-l' style table of contents listing.  In a verbose table
+of contents of a ustar archive, user and group names in the archive
+that do not exist on the local system are replaced by the names that
+correspond locally to the numeric UID and GID stored in the archive.
+.TP
+.I "\-V \-\-dot"
+Print a "." for each file processed.
+.TP
+.I "\-\-version"
+Print the
+.B cpio
+program version number and exit.
diff --git a/doc/cpio.info b/doc/cpio.info
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19a75f4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/doc/cpio.info
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+This is cpio.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.6 from cpio.texi.
+
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* cpio: (cpio).                 Making tape (or disk) archives.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+   This file documents GNU cpio 2.5.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the Foundation.
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
+
+
+
+GNU cpio is a tool for creating and extracting archives, or copying
+files from one place to another.  It handles a number of cpio formats as
+well as reading and writing tar files.  This is the first edition of the
+GNU cpio documentation and is consistant with GNU cpio 2.5.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::
+* Tutorial::                    Getting started.
+* Invoking `cpio'::             How to invoke `cpio'.
+* Media::                       Using tapes and other archive media.
+* Concept Index::               Concept index.
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Invoking cpio
+
+* Copy-out mode::
+* Copy-in mode::
+* Copy-pass mode::
+* Options::
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Tutorial,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+Introduction
+************
+
+GNU cpio copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, The archive
+can be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe.
+
+   GNU cpio supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII,
+new ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar.
+The tar format is provided for compatability with the tar program. By
+default, cpio creates binary format archives, for compatibility with
+older cpio programs.  When extracting from archives, cpio automatically
+recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can read archives
+created on machines with a different byte-order.
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Tutorial,  Next: Invoking `cpio',  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+Tutorial
+********
+
+GNU cpio performs three primary functions.  Copying files to an
+archive, Extracting files from an archive, and passing files to another
+directory tree.  An archive can be a file on disk, one or more floppy
+disks, or one or more tapes.
+
+   When creating an archive, cpio takes the list of files to be
+processed from the standard input, and then sends the archive to the
+standard output, or to the device defined by the `-F' option.  *Note
+Copy-out mode::.  Usually find or ls is used to provide this list to
+the standard input.  In the following example you can see the
+possibilities for archiving the contents of a single directory.
+
+     % ls | cpio -ov > directory.cpio
+
+   The `-o' option creates the archive, and the `-v' option prints the
+names of the files archived as they are added.  Notice that the options
+can be put together after a single `-' or can be placed separately on
+the command line.  The `>' redirects the cpio output to the file
+`directory.cpio'.
+
+   If you wanted to archive an entire directory tree, the find command
+can provide the file list to cpio:
+
+     % find . -print -depth | cpio -ov > tree.cpio
+
+   This will take all the files in the current directory, the
+directories below and place them in the archive tree.cpio.  Again the
+`-o' creates an archive, and the `-v' option shows you the name of the
+files as they are archived.  *Note Copy-out mode::.  Using the `.' in
+the find statement will give you more flexibility when doing restores,
+as it will save file names with a relative path vice a hard wired,
+absolute path.  The `-depth' option forces `find' to print of the
+entries in a directory before printing the directory itself.  This
+limits the effects of restrictive directory permissions by printing the
+directory entries in a directory before the directory name itself.
+
+   Extracting an archive requires a bit more thought because cpio will
+not create directories by default.  Another characteristic, is it will
+not overwrite existing files unless you tell it to.
+
+     % cpio -iv < directory.cpio
+
+   This will retrieve the files archived in the file directory.cpio and
+place them in the present directory.  The `-i' option extracts the
+archive and the `-v' shows the file names as they are extracted.  If
+you are dealing with an archived directory tree, you need to use the
+`-d' option to create directories as necessary, something like:
+
+     % cpio -idv < tree.cpio
+
+   This will take the contents of the archive tree.cpio and extract it
+to the current directory.  If you try to extract the files on top of
+files of the same name that already exist (and have the same or later
+modification time) cpio will not extract the file unless told to do so
+by the -u option.  *Note Copy-in mode::.
+
+   In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to
+another, combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually
+using an archive.  It reads the list of files to copy from the standard
+input; the directory into which it will copy them is given as a
+non-option argument.  *Note Copy-pass mode::.
+
+     % find . -depth -print0 | cpio --null -pvd new-dir
+
+   The example shows copying the files of the present directory, and
+sub-directories to a new directory called new-dir.  Some new options are
+the `-print0' available with GNU find, combined with the `--null'
+option of cpio.  These two options act together to send file names
+between find and cpio, even if special characters are embedded in the
+file names.  Another is `-p', which tells cpio to pass the files it
+finds to the directory `new-dir'.
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Invoking `cpio',  Next: Media,  Prev: Tutorial,  Up: Top
+
+Invoking cpio
+*************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Copy-out mode::
+* Copy-in mode::
+* Copy-pass mode::
+* Options::
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Copy-out mode,  Next: Copy-in mode,  Prev: Invoking `cpio',  Up: Invoking `cpio'
+
+Copy-out mode
+=============
+
+In copy-out mode, cpio copies files into an archive.  It reads a list
+of filenames, one per line, on the standard input, and writes the
+archive onto the standard output.  A typical way to generate the list
+of filenames is with the find command; you should give find the -depth
+option to minimize problems with permissions on directories that are
+unreadable.  *Note Options::.
+
+     cpio {-o|--create} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format]
+     [-M message] [-O [[user@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@]host:]archive]
+     [--file=[[user@]host:]archive] [--format=format]
+     [--message=message][--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose]
+     [--dot] [--append] [--block-size=blocks] [--dereference]
+     [--io-size=bytes] [--rsh-command=command] [--help] [--version]
+     < name-list [> archive]
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Copy-in mode,  Next: Copy-pass mode,  Prev: Copy-out mode,  Up: Invoking `cpio'
+
+Copy-in mode
+============
+
+In copy-in mode, cpio copies files out of an archive or lists the
+archive contents.  It reads the archive from the standard input.  Any
+non-option command line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only
+files in the archive whose names match one or more of those patterns are
+copied from the archive.  Unlike in the shell, an initial `.' in a
+filename does match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a `/' in a
+filename can match wildcards.  If no patterns are given, all files are
+extracted.  *Note Options::.
+
+     cpio {-i|--extract} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file]
+     [-H format] [-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]]
+     [-I [[user@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@]host:]archive]
+     [--file=[[user@]host:]archive] [--make-directories]
+     [--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]
+     [--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap]
+     [--dot] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks]
+     [--swap-halfwords] [--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file]
+     [--format=format] [--owner=[user][:.][group]]
+     [--no-preserve-owner] [--message=message] [--help] [--version]
+     [-no-absolute-filenames] [--sparse] [-only-verify-crc] [-quiet]
+     [--rsh-command=command] [pattern...] [< archive]
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Copy-pass mode,  Next: Options,  Prev: Copy-in mode,  Up: Invoking `cpio'
+
+Copy-pass mode
+==============
+
+In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to
+another, combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually
+using an archive.  It reads the list of files to copy from the standard
+input; the directory into which it will copy them is given as a
+non-option argument.  *Note Options::.
+
+     cpio {-p|--pass-through} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]
+     [--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link]
+     [--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose]
+     [--dot] [--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--sparse]
+     [--no-preserve-owner] [--help] [--version] destination-directory
+     < name-list
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Options,  Prev: Copy-pass mode,  Up: Invoking `cpio'
+
+Options
+=======
+
+`-0, --null'
+     Read a list of filenames terminated by a null character, instead
+     of a newline, so that files whose names contain newlines can be
+     archived.  GNU find is one way to produce a list of
+     null-terminated filenames.  This option may be used in copy-out
+     and copy-pass modes.
+
+`-a, --reset-access-time'
+     Reset the access times of files after reading them, so that it
+     does not look like they have just been read.
+
+`-A, --append'
+     Append to an existing archive.  Only works in copy-out mode.  The
+     archive must be a disk file specified with the -O or -F (-file)
+     option.
+
+`-b, --swap'
+     Swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords in the data.
+     Equivalent to -sS.  This option may be used in copy-in mode.  Use
+     this option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and
+     little-endian machines.
+
+`-B'
+     Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes.  Initially the block size is
+     512 bytes.
+
+`--block-size=BLOCK-SIZE'
+     Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes.
+
+`-c'
+     Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format.
+
+`-C IO-SIZE, --io-size=IO-SIZE'
+     Set the I/O block size to IO-SIZE bytes.
+
+`-d, --make-directories'
+     Create leading directories where needed.
+
+`-E FILE, --pattern-file=FILE'
+     Read additional patterns specifying filenames to extract or list
+     from FILE.  The lines of FILE are treated as if they had been
+     non-option arguments to cpio.  This option is used in copy-in mode,
+
+`-f, --nonmatching'
+     Only copy files that do not match any of the given patterns.
+
+`-F, --file=archive'
+     Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output.  To
+     use a tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename
+     that starts with `HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a
+     username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user,
+     if you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
+     `~/.rhosts' file).
+
+`--force-local'
+     With -F, -I, or -O, take the archive file name to be a local file
+     even if it contains a colon, which would ordinarily indicate a
+     remote host name.
+
+`-H FORMAT, --format=FORMAT'
+     Use archive format FORMAT.  The valid formats are listed below;
+     the same names are also recognized in all-caps.  The default in
+     copy-in mode is to automatically detect the archive format, and in
+     copy-out mode is `bin'.
+
+    `bin'
+          The obsolete binary format.
+
+    `odc'
+          The old (POSIX.1) portable format.
+
+    `newc'
+          The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems
+          having more than 65536 i-nodes.
+
+    `crc'
+          The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added.
+
+    `tar'
+          The old tar format.
+
+    `ustar'
+          The POSIX.1 tar format.  Also recognizes GNU tar archives,
+          which are similar but not identical.
+
+    `hpbin'
+          The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores
+          device files differently).
+
+    `hpodc'
+          The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device
+          files differently).
+
+`-i, --extract'
+     Run in copy-in mode.  *Note Copy-in mode::.
+
+`-I archive'
+     Archive filename to use instead of standard input.  To use a tape
+     drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that
+     starts with `HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a
+     username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user,
+     if you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
+     `~/.rhosts' file).
+
+`-k'
+     Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of cpio.
+
+`-l, --link'
+     Link files instead of copying them, when possible.
+
+`-L, --dereference'
+     Copy the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the
+     symbolic link itself.
+
+`-m, --preserve-modification-time'
+     Retain previous file modification times when creating files.
+
+`-M MESSAGE, --message=MESSAGE'
+     Print MESSAGE when the end of a volume of the backup media (such
+     as a tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to
+     insert a new volume.  If MESSAGE contains the string "%d", it is
+     replaced by the current volume number (starting at 1).
+
+`-n, --numeric-uid-gid'
+     Show numeric UID and GID instead of translating them into names
+     when using the `--verbose option'.
+
+`--no-absolute-filenames'
+     Create all files relative to the current directory in copy-in
+     mode, even if they have an absolute file name in the archive.
+
+`--no-preserve-owner'
+     Do not change the ownership of the files; leave them owned by the
+     user extracting them.  This is the default for non-root users, so
+     that users on System V don't inadvertantly give away files.  This
+     option can be used in copy-in mode and copy-pass mode
+
+`-o, --create'
+     Run in copy-out mode.  *Note Copy-out mode::.
+
+`-O archive'
+     Archive filename to use instead of standard output.  To use a tape
+     drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that
+     starts with `HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a
+     username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user,
+     if you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
+     `~/.rhosts' file).
+
+`--only-verify-crc'
+     Verify the CRC's of each file in the archive, when reading a CRC
+     format archive. Don't actually extract the files.
+
+`-p, --pass-through'
+     Run in copy-pass mode.  *Note Copy-pass mode::.
+
+`--quiet'
+     Do not print the number of blocks copied.
+
+`-r, --rename'
+     Interactively rename files.
+
+`-R [user][:.][group], --owner [user][:.][group]'
+     Set the ownership of all files created to the specified user and/or
+     group in copy-out and copy-pass modes.  Either the user, the
+     group, or both, must be present.  If the group is omitted but the
+     ":" or "."  separator is given, use the given user's login group.
+     Only the super-user can change files' ownership.
+
+`--rsh-command=COMMAND'
+     Notifies cpio that is should use COMMAND to communicate with remote
+     devices.
+
+`-s, --swap-bytes'
+     Swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in the files.This
+     option can be used in copy-in mode.
+
+`-S, --swap-halfwords'
+     Swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the files.  This
+     option may be used in copy-in mode.
+
+`--sparse'
+     Write files with large blocks of zeros as sparse files.  This
+     option is used in copy-in and copy-pass modes.
+
+`-t, --list'
+     Print a table of contents of the input.
+
+`-u, --unconditional'
+     Replace all files, without asking whether to replace existing
+     newer files with older files.
+
+`-v, --verbose'
+     List the files processed, or with `-t', give an `ls -l' style
+     table of contents listing.  In a verbose table of contents of a
+     ustar archive, user and group names in the archive that do not
+     exist on the local system are replaced by the names that
+     correspond locally to the numeric UID and GID stored in the
+     archive.
+
+`-V --dot'
+     Print a `.' for each file processed.
+
+`--version'
+     Print the cpio program version number and exit.
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Media,  Next: Concept Index,  Prev: Invoking `cpio',  Up: Top
+
+Magnetic Media
+**************
+
+Archives are usually written on removable media-tape cartridges, mag
+tapes, or floppy disks.
+
+   The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
+but also on how it is formatted.  A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
+holds 40 megabytes of data when formated at 1600 bits per inch.  The
+physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
+
+   Magnetic media are re-usable-once the archive on a tape is no longer
+needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over. Media
+quality does deteriorate with use, however.  Most tapes or disks should
+be disgarded when they begin to produce data errors.
+
+   Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
+should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
+Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
+not a good idea.
+
+
+File: cpio.info,  Node: Concept Index,  Prev: Media,  Up: Top
+
+Concept Index
+*************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* command line options:                  Invoking `cpio'.
+* copying directory structures:          Tutorial.
+* creating a cpio archive:               Tutorial.
+* extracting a cpio archive:             Tutorial.
+* invoking cpio:                         Invoking `cpio'.
+* magnetic media:                        Media.
+* passing directory structures:          Tutorial.
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top938
+Node: Introduction1657
+Node: Tutorial2369
+Node: Invoking `cpio'6038
+Node: Copy-out mode6227
+Node: Copy-in mode7153
+Node: Copy-pass mode8531
+Node: Options9324
+Node: Media16592
+Node: Concept Index17575
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/doc/cpio.texi b/doc/cpio.texi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae534f4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/doc/cpio.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,563 @@
+\input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename cpio.info
+@settitle cpio
+@setchapternewpage off
+@set VERSION GNU cpio 2.5
+@set RELEASEDATE June 2002
+@c %**end of header
+
+@ifinfo
+@format
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* cpio: (cpio).                 Making tape (or disk) archives.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+@end format
+@end ifinfo
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents @value{VERSION}.
+
+Copyright (C) 1995, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
+by the Foundation.
+@end ifinfo
+
+
+@titlepage
+@title GNU CPIO
+@subtitle @value{VERSION} @value{RELEASEDATE}
+@author by Robert Carleton
+@c copyright page
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@sp 2
+This is the first edition of the GNU cpio documentation,@*
+and is consistent with @value{VERSION}.@*
+@sp 2
+Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, @*
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA @*
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
+this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
+are preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
+resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
+notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+@end titlepage
+
+@ifinfo
+@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@top
+
+GNU cpio is a tool for creating and extracting archives, or copying
+files from one place to another.  It handles a number of cpio formats as
+well as reading and writing tar files.  This is the first edition of the 
+GNU cpio documentation and is consistant with @value{VERSION}.
+
+@menu
+* Introduction::                
+* Tutorial::                    Getting started.
+* Invoking `cpio'::             How to invoke `cpio'.
+* Media::                       Using tapes and other archive media.
+* Concept Index::               Concept index.
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Invoking cpio
+
+* Copy-out mode::               
+* Copy-in mode::                
+* Copy-pass mode::              
+* Options::                     
+@end menu
+
+@end ifinfo
+
+@node Introduction, Tutorial, Top, Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@chapter Introduction
+
+GNU cpio copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, The archive
+can be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe.
+
+GNU cpio supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII, new
+ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar.  The
+tar format is provided for compatability with the tar program. By
+default, cpio creates binary format archives, for compatibility with
+older cpio programs.  When extracting from archives, cpio automatically
+recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can read archives
+created on machines with a different byte-order.
+
+@node Tutorial, Invoking `cpio', Introduction, Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@chapter Tutorial
+@cindex creating a cpio archive
+@cindex extracting a cpio archive
+@cindex copying directory structures
+@cindex passing directory structures
+
+
+GNU cpio performs three primary functions.  Copying files to an
+archive, Extracting files from an archive, and passing files to another
+directory tree.  An archive can be a file on disk, one or more floppy
+disks, or one or more tapes.
+
+When creating an archive, cpio takes the list of files to be processed
+from the standard input, and then sends the archive to the standard
+output, or to the device defined by the @samp{-F} option.
+@xref{Copy-out mode}.  Usually find or ls is used to provide this list
+to the standard input.  In the following example you can see the
+possibilities for archiving the contents of a single directory.
+
+
+@example
+@cartouche
+% ls | cpio -ov > directory.cpio
+@end cartouche
+@end example
+
+The @samp{-o} option creates the archive, and the @samp{-v} option
+prints the names of the files archived as they are added.  Notice that
+the options can be put together after a single @samp{-} or can be placed
+separately on the command line.  The @samp{>} redirects the cpio output
+to the file @samp{directory.cpio}.
+
+
+If you wanted to archive an entire directory tree, the find command can
+provide the file list to cpio:
+
+
+@example
+@cartouche
+% find . -print -depth | cpio -ov > tree.cpio
+@end cartouche
+@end example
+
+
+This will take all the files in the current directory, the directories
+below and place them in the archive tree.cpio.  Again the @samp{-o}
+creates an archive, and the @samp{-v} option shows you the name of the
+files as they are archived.  @xref{Copy-out mode}.  Using the `.' in the
+find statement will give you more flexibility when doing restores, as it
+will save file names with a relative path vice a hard wired, absolute
+path.  The @samp{-depth} option forces @samp{find} to print of the
+entries in a directory before printing the directory itself.  This
+limits the effects of restrictive directory permissions by printing the
+directory entries in a directory before the directory name itself.
+
+
+
+
+Extracting an archive requires a bit more thought because cpio will not
+create directories by default.  Another characteristic, is it will not
+overwrite existing files unless you tell it to.
+
+
+@example
+@cartouche
+% cpio -iv < directory.cpio
+@end cartouche
+@end example
+
+This will retrieve the files archived in the file directory.cpio and
+place them in the present directory.  The @samp{-i} option extracts the
+archive and the @samp{-v} shows the file names as they are extracted.
+If you are dealing with an archived directory tree, you need to use the
+@samp{-d} option to create directories as necessary, something like:
+
+@example
+@cartouche
+% cpio -idv < tree.cpio
+@end cartouche
+@end example
+
+This will take the contents of the archive tree.cpio and extract it to
+the current directory.  If you try to extract the files on top of files
+of the same name that already exist (and have the same or later
+modification time) cpio will not extract the file unless told to do so
+by the -u option.  @xref{Copy-in mode}.
+
+
+In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to another,
+combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually using an
+archive.  It reads the list of files to copy from the standard input;
+the directory into which it will copy them is given as a non-option
+argument.  @xref{Copy-pass mode}.
+
+@example
+@cartouche
+% find . -depth -print0 | cpio --null -pvd new-dir
+@end cartouche
+@end example
+
+
+The example shows copying the files of the present directory, and
+sub-directories to a new directory called new-dir.  Some new options are
+the @samp{-print0} available with GNU find, combined with the
+@samp{--null} option of cpio.  These two options act together to send
+file names between find and cpio, even if special characters are
+embedded in the file names.  Another is @samp{-p}, which tells cpio to
+pass the files it finds to the directory @samp{new-dir}.
+
+@node Invoking `cpio', Media, Tutorial, Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@chapter Invoking cpio
+@cindex invoking cpio
+@cindex command line options
+
+@menu
+* Copy-out mode::               
+* Copy-in mode::                
+* Copy-pass mode::              
+* Options::                     
+@end menu
+
+@node Copy-out mode, Copy-in mode, Invoking `cpio', Invoking `cpio'
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Copy-out mode
+
+In copy-out mode, cpio copies files into an archive.  It reads a list
+of filenames, one per line, on the standard input, and writes the
+archive onto the standard output.  A typical way to generate the list
+of filenames is with the find command; you should give find the -depth
+option to minimize problems with permissions on directories that are
+unreadable.
+@xref{Options}.
+
+@example
+cpio @{-o|--create@} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format]
+[-M message] [-O [[user@@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@@]host:]archive]
+[--file=[[user@@]host:]archive] [--format=format]
+[--message=message][--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose]
+[--dot] [--append] [--block-size=blocks] [--dereference]
+[--io-size=bytes] [--rsh-command=command] [--help] [--version]
+< name-list [> archive]
+@end example
+
+@node Copy-in mode, Copy-pass mode, Copy-out mode, Invoking `cpio'
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Copy-in mode
+
+In copy-in mode, cpio copies files out of an archive or lists the
+archive contents.  It reads the archive from the standard input.  Any
+non-option command line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only
+files in the archive whose names match one or more of those patterns are
+copied from the archive.  Unlike in the shell, an initial `.' in a
+filename does match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a `/' in a
+filename can match wildcards.  If no patterns are given, all files are
+extracted.  @xref{Options}.
+
+@example
+cpio @{-i|--extract@} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file]
+[-H format] [-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]]
+[-I [[user@@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@@]host:]archive]
+[--file=[[user@@]host:]archive] [--make-directories]
+[--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]
+[--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap]
+[--dot] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks]
+[--swap-halfwords] [--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file]
+[--format=format] [--owner=[user][:.][group]]
+[--no-preserve-owner] [--message=message] [--help] [--version]
+[-no-absolute-filenames] [--sparse] [-only-verify-crc] [-quiet]
+[--rsh-command=command] [pattern...] [< archive]
+@end example
+
+@node Copy-pass mode, Options, Copy-in mode, Invoking `cpio'
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Copy-pass mode
+
+In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to
+another, combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually
+using an archive.  It reads the list of files to copy from the
+standard input; the directory into which it will copy them is given as
+a non-option argument.
+@xref{Options}.
+
+@example
+cpio @{-p|--pass-through@} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]
+[--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link]
+[--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose]
+[--dot] [--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--sparse]
+[--no-preserve-owner] [--help] [--version] destination-directory
+< name-list
+@end example
+
+
+
+@node Options,  , Copy-pass mode, Invoking `cpio'
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@section Options
+
+
+@table @code
+
+
+@item -0, --null
+Read a list of filenames terminated by a null character, instead of a
+newline, so that files whose names contain newlines can be archived.
+GNU find is one way to produce a list of null-terminated filenames.
+This option may be used in copy-out and copy-pass modes.
+
+@item -a, --reset-access-time
+Reset the access times of files after reading them, so
+that it does not look like they have just been read.
+
+@item -A, --append
+Append to an existing archive.  Only works in copy-out
+mode.  The archive must be a disk file specified with
+the -O or -F (--file) option.
+
+@item -b, --swap
+Swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords in the data.
+Equivalent to -sS.  This option may be used in copy-in mode.  Use this
+option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and little-endian
+machines.
+
+@item -B   
+Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes.  Initially the
+block size is 512 bytes.
+
+@item --block-size=BLOCK-SIZE
+Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes.
+
+@item -c
+Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format.
+
+@item -C IO-SIZE, --io-size=IO-SIZE
+Set the I/O block size to IO-SIZE bytes.
+
+@item -d, --make-directories
+Create leading directories where needed.
+
+@item -E FILE, --pattern-file=FILE
+Read additional patterns specifying filenames to extract or list from
+FILE.  The lines of FILE are treated as if they had been non-option
+arguments to cpio.  This option is used in copy-in mode,
+
+@item -f, --nonmatching
+Only copy files that do not match any of the given
+patterns.
+
+@item -F, --file=archive
+Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output.  To use a
+tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts
+with `HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a username and an
+`@@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have
+permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts'
+file).
+
+@item --force-local
+With -F, -I, or -O, take the archive file name to be a
+local file even if it contains a colon, which would
+ordinarily indicate a remote host name.
+
+@item -H FORMAT, --format=FORMAT
+Use archive format FORMAT.  The valid formats are listed below; the same
+names are also recognized in all-caps.  The default in copy-in mode is
+to automatically detect the archive format, and in copy-out mode is
+@samp{bin}.
+
+@table @samp
+@item bin  
+The obsolete binary format.
+
+@item odc
+The old (POSIX.1) portable format.
+
+@item newc
+The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems having more
+than 65536 i-nodes.
+
+@item crc
+The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added.
+
+@item tar
+The old tar format.
+
+@item ustar
+The POSIX.1 tar format.  Also recognizes GNU tar archives, which are
+similar but not identical.
+
+@item hpbin
+The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device
+files differently).
+
+@item hpodc
+The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files
+differently).
+@end table
+
+@item -i, --extract
+Run in copy-in mode.
+@xref{Copy-in mode}.
+
+@item -I archive
+Archive filename to use instead of standard input.  To use a tape drive
+on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts with
+`HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a username and an `@@' to
+access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do
+so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts' file).
+
+@item -k
+Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of cpio.
+
+@item -l, --link
+Link files instead of copying them, when possible.
+
+@item -L, --dereference
+Copy the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symbolic
+link itself.
+
+@item -m, --preserve-modification-time
+Retain previous file modification times when creating files.
+
+@item -M MESSAGE, --message=MESSAGE
+Print MESSAGE when the end of a volume of the backup media (such as a
+tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to insert a new
+volume.  If MESSAGE contains the string "%d", it is replaced by the
+current volume number (starting at 1).
+
+@item -n, --numeric-uid-gid
+Show numeric UID and GID instead of translating them into names when using the
+@samp{--verbose option}.
+
+@item --no-absolute-filenames
+Create all files relative to the current directory in copy-in mode, even
+if they have an absolute file name in the archive.
+
+@item --no-preserve-owner
+Do not change the ownership of the files; leave them owned by the user
+extracting them.  This is the default for non-root users, so that users
+on System V don't inadvertantly give away files.  This option can be
+used in copy-in mode and copy-pass mode
+
+@item -o, --create
+Run in copy-out mode.
+@xref{Copy-out mode}.
+
+@item -O archive
+Archive filename to use instead of standard output.  To use a tape drive
+on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts with
+`HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a username and an `@@' to
+access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do
+so (typically an entry in that user's `~/.rhosts' file).
+
+@item --only-verify-crc
+Verify the CRC's of each file in the archive, when reading a CRC format
+archive. Don't actually extract the files.
+
+@item -p, --pass-through
+Run in copy-pass mode.
+@xref{Copy-pass mode}.
+
+@item --quiet
+Do not print the number of blocks copied.
+
+@item -r, --rename
+Interactively rename files.
+
+@item -R [user][:.][group], --owner [user][:.][group]
+Set the ownership of all files created to the specified user and/or
+group in copy-out and copy-pass modes.  Either the user, the group, or
+both, must be present.  If the group is omitted but the ":" or "."
+separator is given, use the given user's login group.  Only the
+super-user can change files' ownership.
+
+@item --rsh-command=COMMAND
+Notifies cpio that is should use COMMAND to communicate with remote
+devices.
+
+@item -s, --swap-bytes
+Swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in the files.This option
+can be used in copy-in mode.
+
+@item -S, --swap-halfwords
+Swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the files.  This option may
+be used in copy-in mode.
+
+@item --sparse
+Write files with large blocks of zeros as sparse files.  This option is
+used in copy-in and copy-pass modes.
+
+@item -t, --list
+Print a table of contents of the input.
+
+@item -u, --unconditional
+Replace all files, without asking whether to replace
+existing newer files with older files.
+
+@item -v, --verbose
+List the files processed, or with @samp{-t}, give an @samp{ls -l} style
+table of contents listing.  In a verbose table of contents of a ustar
+archive, user and group names in the archive that do not exist on the
+local system are replaced by the names that correspond locally to the
+numeric UID and GID stored in the archive.
+
+@item -V --dot
+Print a @kbd{.} for each file processed.
+
+@item --version
+Print the cpio program version number and exit.
+@end table
+
+
+@node Media, Concept Index, Invoking `cpio', Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@chapter Magnetic Media
+@cindex magnetic media
+
+Archives are usually written on removable media--tape cartridges, mag
+tapes, or floppy disks.
+
+The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
+but also on how it is formatted.  A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
+holds 40 megabytes of data when formated at 1600 bits per inch.  The
+physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
+
+Magnetic media are re-usable--once the archive on a tape is no longer
+needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over. Media
+quality does deteriorate with use, however.  Most tapes or disks should
+be disgarded when they begin to produce data errors.
+
+Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and should
+be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.  Sticking
+a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably not a good
+idea.
+
+
+@node Concept Index,  , Media, Top
+@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+@printindex cp
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/doc/mt.1 b/doc/mt.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee10add
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/doc/mt.1
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.TH MT 1L \" -*- nroff -*-
+.SH NAME
+mt \- control magnetic tape drive operation
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B mt
+[\-V] [\-f device] [\-\-file=device] [\-\-rsh-command=command] [\-\-version]
+operation [count]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This manual page
+documents the GNU version of
+.BR mt .
+.B mt
+performs the given
+.IR operation ,
+which must be one of the tape operations listed below, on a tape
+drive.
+.PP
+The default tape device to operate on is taken from the file
+.I /usr/include/sys/mtio.h
+when
+.B mt
+is compiled.  It can be overridden by giving a device file name in
+the environment variable
+.BR TAPE
+or by a command line option (see below), which also overrides the
+environment variable.
+.PP
+The device must be either a character special file or a
+remote tape drive.  To use a tape drive on another machine as the
+archive, use a filename that starts with `HOSTNAME:'.  The
+hostname can be preceded by a username and an `@' to access the remote
+tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do so (typically an
+entry in that user's `~/.rhosts' file).
+.PP
+The available operations are listed below.  Unique abbreviations are
+accepted.  Not all operations are available on all systems, or work on
+all types of tape drives.
+Some operations optionally take a repeat count, which can be given
+after the operation name and defaults to 1.
+.IP "eof, weof"
+Write
+.I count
+EOF marks at current position.
+.IP fsf
+Forward space
+.I count
+files.
+The tape is positioned on the first block of the next file.
+.IP bsf
+Backward space
+.I count
+files.
+The tape is positioned on the first block of the next file.
+.IP fsr
+Forward space
+.I count
+records.
+.IP bsr
+Backward space
+.I count
+records.
+.IP bsfm
+Backward space
+.I count
+file marks.
+The tape is positioned on the beginning-of-the-tape side of
+the file mark.
+.IP fsfm
+Forward space
+.I count
+file marks.
+The tape is positioned on the beginning-of-the-tape side of
+the file mark.
+.IP asf
+Absolute space to file number
+.IR count .
+Equivalent to rewind followed by fsf
+.IR count .
+.IP seek
+Seek to block number
+.IR count .
+.IP eom
+Space to the end of the recorded media on the tape
+(for appending files onto tapes).
+.IP rewind
+Rewind the tape.
+.IP "offline, rewoffl"
+Rewind the tape and, if applicable, unload the tape.
+.IP status
+Print status information about the tape unit.
+.IP retension
+Rewind the tape, then wind it to the end of the reel,
+then rewind it again.
+.IP erase
+Erase the tape.
+.PP
+.B mt
+exits with a status of 0 if the operation succeeded, 1 if the
+operation or device name given was invalid, or 2 if the operation
+failed.
+.SS OPTIONS
+.TP
+.I "\-f, \-\-file=device"
+Use
+.I device
+as the file name of the tape drive to operate on.
+To use a
+tape drive on another machine, use a filename that
+starts with `HOSTNAME:'.  The hostname can be preceded by a
+username and an `@' to access the remote tape drive as that user, if
+you have permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's
+`~/.rhosts' file).
+.TP
+.I "\-\-rsh-command=command"
+Notifies
+.B mt
+that it should use
+.I command
+to communicate with remote devices instead of
+.I /usr/bin/ssh
+or
+.IR /usr/bin/rsh .
+.TP
+.I "\-V, \-\-version"
+Print the version number of
+.BR mt .
diff --git a/src/.cvsignore b/src/.cvsignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..729dc3f
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/.cvsignore
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Makefile.in
+Makefile
+.deps
+.libs
+cpio
+mt
+rmt
+.gdbinit
+*.tar.gz
+*.tar.bz2
+localedir.h
diff --git a/src/Makefile.am b/src/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e5da40
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+# This file is part of GNU cpio
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  
+
+bin_PROGRAMS=cpio @CPIO_MT_PROG@
+libexec_PROGRAMS=@CPIO_RMT_PROG@
+EXTRA_PROGRAMS=mt rmt
+
+cpio_SOURCES = \
+ copyin.c\
+ copyout.c\
+ copypass.c\
+ defer.c\
+ dstring.c\
+ global.c\
+ main.c\
+ tar.c\
+ util.c\
+ error.c\
+ filemode.c\
+ dirname.c\
+ idcache.c\
+ makepath.c\
+ xmalloc.c\
+ stripslash.c\
+ userspec.c\
+ xstrdup.c
+
+noinst_HEADERS =\
+ cpio.h\
+ cpiohdr.h\
+ tar.h\
+ tarhdr.h\
+ defer.h\
+ dstring.h\
+ extern.h\
+ filetypes.h\
+ gettext.h\
+ system.h\
+ rmt.h\
+ safe-stat.h\
+ fnmatch.h\
+ getopt.h
+
+cpio_LDADD = @LIBOBJS@
+
+mt_SOURCES = \
+ mt.c argmatch.c
+mt_LDADD = @LIBOBJS@
+
+rmt_SOURCES = rmt.c
+rmt_LDADD = @LIBOBJS@
+
+EXTRA_DIST=\
+ getopt.c\
+ getopt1.c\
+ bcopy.c\
+ fnmatch.c\
+ mkdir.c\
+ strdup.c
+
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+
+DISTCLEANFILES = localedir.h
+localedir.h : Makefile
+	echo '#define LOCALEDIR "$(localedir)"' >$@
+
+mt.o main.o: localedir.h
diff --git a/src/alloca.c b/src/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7061cec
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef emacs
+#include "blockinput.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+#ifndef alloca
+
+#ifdef emacs
+#ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#endif /* static */
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#else
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#endif
+
+#if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#endif
+
+#define	NULL	0
+
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+#define malloc xmalloc
+#endif
+extern pointer malloc ();
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#endif
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+pointer
+alloca (size)
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#endif
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+	{
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
+
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
+	}
+      else
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#endif
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
+
+    if (new == 0)
+      abort();
+
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#define CRAY_STACK
+#ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#endif /* CRAY2 */
+#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#endif /* CRAY */
+
+#endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
diff --git a/src/argmatch.c b/src/argmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d89699b
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/argmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
+   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+extern char *program_name;
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
+
+int
+argmatch (arg, optlist)
+     char *arg;
+     char **optlist;
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
+  int arglen;			/* Length of ARG.  */
+  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
+  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
+
+  arglen = strlen (arg);
+
+  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
+  for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (!strncmp (optlist[i], arg, arglen))
+	{
+	  if (strlen (optlist[i]) == arglen)
+	    /* Exact match found.  */
+	    return i;
+	  else if (matchind == -1)
+	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
+	    matchind = i;
+	  else
+	    /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	    ambiguous = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  if (ambiguous)
+    return -2;
+  else
+    return matchind;
+}
+
+/* Error reporting for argmatch.
+   KIND is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
+   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
+
+void
+invalid_arg (kind, value, problem)
+     char *kind;
+     char *value;
+     int problem;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+  if (problem == -1)
+    fprintf (stderr, "invalid");
+  else				/* Assume -2.  */
+    fprintf (stderr, "ambiguous");
+  fprintf (stderr, " %s `%s'\n", kind, value);
+}
diff --git a/src/bcopy.c b/src/bcopy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8991c5
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/bcopy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* bcopy.c -- copy memory.
+   Copy LENGTH bytes from SOURCE to DEST.  Does not null-terminate.
+   In the public domain.
+   By David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+void
+bcopy (source, dest, length)
+     char *source, *dest;
+     unsigned length;
+{
+  if (source < dest)
+    /* Moving from low mem to hi mem; start at end.  */
+    for (source += length, dest += length; length; --length)
+      *--dest = *--source;
+  else if (source != dest)
+    /* Moving from hi mem to low mem; start at beginning.  */
+    for (; length; --length)
+      *dest++ = *source++;
+}
diff --git a/src/copyin.c b/src/copyin.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17e6744
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/copyin.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1605 @@
+/* copyin.c - extract or list a cpio archive
+   Copyright (C) 1990,1991,1992,2001,2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "filetypes.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "cpiohdr.h"
+#include "dstring.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "defer.h"
+#include "rmt.h"
+#ifndef	FNM_PATHNAME
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
+#define lchown chown
+#endif
+
+static void read_pattern_file ();
+static void tape_skip_padding ();
+static void defer_copyin ();
+static void create_defered_links ();
+static void create_final_defers ();
+static int create_defered_links_to_skipped ();
+static int query_rename();
+static void list_file();
+static void copyin_file();
+static int try_existing_file();
+static void copyin_regular_file();
+static void copyin_directory();
+static void copyin_device();
+static void copyin_link();
+
+/* Return 16-bit integer I with the bytes swapped.  */
+#define swab_short(i) ((((i) << 8) & 0xff00) | (((i) >> 8) & 0x00ff))
+
+/* Read the header, including the name of the file, from file
+   descriptor IN_DES into FILE_HDR.  */
+
+void
+read_in_header (file_hdr, in_des)
+     struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+     int in_des;
+{
+  long bytes_skipped = 0;	/* Bytes of junk found before magic number.  */
+
+  /* Search for a valid magic number.  */
+
+  if (archive_format == arf_unknown)
+    {
+      char tmpbuf[512];
+      int check_tar;
+      int peeked_bytes;
+
+      while (archive_format == arf_unknown)
+	{
+	  peeked_bytes = tape_buffered_peek (tmpbuf, in_des, 512);
+	  if (peeked_bytes < 6)
+	    error (1, 0, _("premature end of archive"));
+
+	  if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070701", 6))
+	    archive_format = arf_newascii;
+	  else if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070707", 6))
+	    archive_format = arf_oldascii;
+	  else if (!strncmp (tmpbuf, "070702", 6))
+	    {
+	      archive_format = arf_crcascii;
+	      crc_i_flag = TRUE;
+	    }
+	  else if ((*((unsigned short *) tmpbuf) == 070707) ||
+		   (*((unsigned short *) tmpbuf) == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707)))
+	    archive_format = arf_binary;
+	  else if (peeked_bytes >= 512
+		   && (check_tar = is_tar_header (tmpbuf)))
+	    {
+	      if (check_tar == 2)
+		archive_format = arf_ustar;
+	      else
+		archive_format = arf_tar;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      tape_buffered_read ((char *) tmpbuf, in_des, 1L);
+	      ++bytes_skipped;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+    {
+      if (append_flag)
+	last_header_start = input_bytes - io_block_size +
+	  (in_buff - input_buffer);
+      if (bytes_skipped > 0)
+	error (0, 0, _("warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk"), bytes_skipped);
+      read_in_tar_header (file_hdr, in_des);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = NULL;
+
+  tape_buffered_read ((char *) file_hdr, in_des, 6L);
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (append_flag)
+	last_header_start = input_bytes - io_block_size
+	  + (in_buff - input_buffer) - 6;
+      if (archive_format == arf_newascii
+	  && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070701", 6))
+	{
+	  if (bytes_skipped > 0)
+	    error (0, 0, _("warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk"), bytes_skipped);
+	  read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des);
+	  break;
+	}
+      if (archive_format == arf_crcascii
+	  && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070702", 6))
+	{
+	  if (bytes_skipped > 0)
+	    error (0, 0, _("warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk"), bytes_skipped);
+	  read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des);
+	  break;
+	}
+      if ( (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii)
+	  && !strncmp ((char *) file_hdr, "070707", 6))
+	{
+	  if (bytes_skipped > 0)
+	    error (0, 0, _("warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk"), bytes_skipped);
+	  read_in_old_ascii (file_hdr, in_des);
+	  break;
+	}
+      if ( (archive_format == arf_binary || archive_format == arf_hpbinary)
+	  && (file_hdr->c_magic == 070707
+	      || file_hdr->c_magic == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707)))
+	{
+	  /* Having to skip 1 byte because of word alignment is normal.  */
+	  if (bytes_skipped > 0)
+	    error (0, 0, _("warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk"), bytes_skipped);
+	  read_in_binary (file_hdr, in_des);
+	  break;
+	}
+      bytes_skipped++;
+      bcopy ((char *) file_hdr + 1, (char *) file_hdr, 5);
+      tape_buffered_read ((char *) file_hdr + 5, in_des, 1L);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading an old-format ASCII format cpio header from
+   file descriptor IN_DES, except for the magic number, which is
+   already filled in.  */
+
+void
+read_in_old_ascii (file_hdr, in_des)
+     struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+     int in_des;
+{
+  char ascii_header[78];
+  unsigned long dev;
+  unsigned long rdev;
+
+  tape_buffered_read (ascii_header, in_des, 70L);
+  ascii_header[70] = '\0';
+  sscanf (ascii_header,
+	  "%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%6lo%11lo%6lo%11lo",
+	  &dev, &file_hdr->c_ino,
+	  &file_hdr->c_mode, &file_hdr->c_uid, &file_hdr->c_gid,
+	  &file_hdr->c_nlink, &rdev, &file_hdr->c_mtime,
+	  &file_hdr->c_namesize, &file_hdr->c_filesize);
+  file_hdr->c_dev_maj = major (dev);
+  file_hdr->c_dev_min = minor (dev);
+  file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (rdev);
+  file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (rdev);
+
+  /* Read file name from input.  */
+  if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL)
+    free (file_hdr->c_name);
+  file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize + 1);
+  tape_buffered_read (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives,
+     but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the
+     actual major/minor number in the filesize field.  See if this
+     is an HP/UX cpio archive, and if so fix it.  We have to do this
+     here because process_copy_in() assumes filesize is always 0
+     for devices.  */
+  switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
+    {
+      case CP_IFCHR:
+      case CP_IFBLK:
+#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
+      case CP_IFSOCK:
+#endif
+#ifdef CP_IFIFO
+      case CP_IFIFO:
+#endif
+	if (file_hdr->c_filesize != 0
+	    && file_hdr->c_rdev_maj == 0
+	    && file_hdr->c_rdev_min == 1)
+	  {
+	    file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	    file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	    file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
+	  }
+	break;
+      default:
+	break;
+    }
+#endif  /* __MSDOS__ */
+}
+
+/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading a new-format ASCII format cpio header from
+   file descriptor IN_DES, except for the magic number, which is
+   already filled in.  */
+
+void
+read_in_new_ascii (file_hdr, in_des)
+     struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+     int in_des;
+{
+  char ascii_header[112];
+
+  tape_buffered_read (ascii_header, in_des, 104L);
+  ascii_header[104] = '\0';
+  sscanf (ascii_header,
+	  "%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx%8lx",
+	  &file_hdr->c_ino, &file_hdr->c_mode, &file_hdr->c_uid,
+	  &file_hdr->c_gid, &file_hdr->c_nlink, &file_hdr->c_mtime,
+	  &file_hdr->c_filesize, &file_hdr->c_dev_maj, &file_hdr->c_dev_min,
+	&file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, &file_hdr->c_rdev_min, &file_hdr->c_namesize,
+	  &file_hdr->c_chksum);
+  /* Read file name from input.  */
+  if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL)
+    free (file_hdr->c_name);
+  file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize);
+  tape_buffered_read (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
+
+  /* In SVR4 ASCII format, the amount of space allocated for the header
+     is rounded up to the next long-word, so we might need to drop
+     1-3 bytes.  */
+  tape_skip_padding (in_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 110);
+}
+
+/* Fill in FILE_HDR by reading a binary format cpio header from
+   file descriptor IN_DES, except for the first 6 bytes (the magic
+   number, device, and inode number), which are already filled in.  */
+
+void
+read_in_binary (file_hdr, in_des)
+     struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+     int in_des;
+{
+  struct old_cpio_header short_hdr;
+
+  /* Copy the data into the short header, then later transfer
+     it into the argument long header.  */
+  short_hdr.c_dev = ((struct old_cpio_header *) file_hdr)->c_dev;
+  short_hdr.c_ino = ((struct old_cpio_header *) file_hdr)->c_ino;
+  tape_buffered_read (((char *) &short_hdr) + 6, in_des, 20L);
+
+  /* If the magic number is byte swapped, fix the header.  */
+  if (file_hdr->c_magic == swab_short ((unsigned short) 070707))
+    {
+      static int warned = 0;
+
+      /* Alert the user that they might have to do byte swapping on
+	 the file contents.  */
+      if (warned == 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("warning: archive header has reverse byte-order"));
+	  warned = 1;
+	}
+      swab_array ((char *) &short_hdr, 13);
+    }
+
+  file_hdr->c_dev_maj = major (short_hdr.c_dev);
+  file_hdr->c_dev_min = minor (short_hdr.c_dev);
+  file_hdr->c_ino = short_hdr.c_ino;
+  file_hdr->c_mode = short_hdr.c_mode;
+  file_hdr->c_uid = short_hdr.c_uid;
+  file_hdr->c_gid = short_hdr.c_gid;
+  file_hdr->c_nlink = short_hdr.c_nlink;
+  file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (short_hdr.c_rdev);
+  file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (short_hdr.c_rdev);
+  file_hdr->c_mtime = (unsigned long) short_hdr.c_mtimes[0] << 16
+    | short_hdr.c_mtimes[1];
+
+  file_hdr->c_namesize = short_hdr.c_namesize;
+  file_hdr->c_filesize = (unsigned long) short_hdr.c_filesizes[0] << 16
+    | short_hdr.c_filesizes[1];
+
+  /* Read file name from input.  */
+  if (file_hdr->c_name != NULL)
+    free (file_hdr->c_name);
+  file_hdr->c_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_hdr->c_namesize);
+  tape_buffered_read (file_hdr->c_name, in_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
+
+  /* In binary mode, the amount of space allocated in the header for
+     the filename is `c_namesize' rounded up to the next short-word,
+     so we might need to drop a byte.  */
+  if (file_hdr->c_namesize % 2)
+    tape_toss_input (in_des, 1L);
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives,
+     but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the
+     actual major/minor number in the filesize field.  See if this
+     is an HP/UX cpio archive, and if so fix it.  We have to do this
+     here because process_copy_in() assumes filesize is always 0
+     for devices.  */
+  switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
+    {
+      case CP_IFCHR:
+      case CP_IFBLK:
+#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
+      case CP_IFSOCK:
+#endif
+#ifdef CP_IFIFO
+      case CP_IFIFO:
+#endif
+	if (file_hdr->c_filesize != 0
+	    && file_hdr->c_rdev_maj == 0
+	    && file_hdr->c_rdev_min == 1)
+	  {
+	    file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = major (file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	    file_hdr->c_rdev_min = minor (file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	    file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
+	  }
+	break;
+      default:
+	break;
+    }
+#endif  /* __MSDOS__ */
+}
+
+/* Exchange the bytes of each element of the array of COUNT shorts
+   starting at PTR.  */
+
+void
+swab_array (ptr, count)
+     char *ptr;
+     int count;
+{
+  char tmp;
+
+  while (count-- > 0)
+    {
+      tmp = *ptr;
+      *ptr = *(ptr + 1);
+      ++ptr;
+      *ptr = tmp;
+      ++ptr;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Current time for verbose table.  */
+static time_t current_time;
+
+/* Read the collection from standard input and create files
+   in the file system.  */
+
+void
+process_copy_in ()
+{
+  char done = FALSE;		/* True if trailer reached.  */
+  FILE *tty_in;			/* Interactive file for rename option.  */
+  FILE *tty_out;		/* Interactive file for rename option.  */
+  FILE *rename_in;		/* Batch file for rename option.  */
+  struct stat file_stat;	/* Output file stat record.  */
+  struct new_cpio_header file_hdr;	/* Output header information.  */
+  int in_file_des;		/* Input file descriptor.  */
+  char skip_file;		/* Flag for use with patterns.  */
+  int i;			/* Loop index variable.  */
+
+  /* Initialize the copy in.  */
+  if (pattern_file_name)
+    {
+      read_pattern_file ();
+    }
+  file_hdr.c_name = NULL;
+
+  if (rename_batch_file)
+    {
+      rename_in = fopen (rename_batch_file, "r");
+      if (rename_in == NULL)
+	{
+	  error (2, errno, CONSOLE);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (rename_flag)
+    {
+      /* Open interactive file pair for rename operation.  */
+      tty_in = fopen (CONSOLE, "r");
+      if (tty_in == NULL)
+	{
+	  error (2, errno, CONSOLE);
+	}
+      tty_out = fopen (CONSOLE, "w");
+      if (tty_out == NULL)
+	{
+	  error (2, errno, CONSOLE);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get date and time if needed for processing the table option.  */
+  if (table_flag && verbose_flag)
+    {
+      time (&current_time);
+    }
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+  setmode (archive_des, O_BINARY);
+#endif
+  /* Check whether the input file might be a tape.  */
+  in_file_des = archive_des;
+  if (_isrmt (in_file_des))
+    {
+      input_is_special = 1;
+      input_is_seekable = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (fstat (in_file_des, &file_stat))
+	error (1, errno, _("standard input is closed"));
+      input_is_special =
+#ifdef S_ISBLK
+	S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode) ||
+#endif
+	S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode);
+      input_is_seekable = S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode);
+    }
+  output_is_seekable = TRUE;
+
+  /* While there is more input in the collection, process the input.  */
+  while (!done)
+    {
+      swapping_halfwords = swapping_bytes = FALSE;
+
+      /* Start processing the next file by reading the header.  */
+      read_in_header (&file_hdr, in_file_des);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
+      if (debug_flag)
+	{
+	  struct new_cpio_header *h;
+	  h = &file_hdr;
+	  fprintf (stderr, 
+		"magic = 0%o, ino = %d, mode = 0%o, uid = %d, gid = %d\n",
+		h->c_magic, h->c_ino, h->c_mode, h->c_uid, h->c_gid);
+	  fprintf (stderr, 
+		"nlink = %d, mtime = %d, filesize = %d, dev_maj = 0x%x\n",
+		h->c_nlink, h->c_mtime, h->c_filesize, h->c_dev_maj);
+	  fprintf (stderr, 
+	        "dev_min = 0x%x, rdev_maj = 0x%x, rdev_min = 0x%x, namesize = %d\n",
+		h->c_dev_min, h->c_rdev_maj, h->c_rdev_min, h->c_namesize);
+	  fprintf (stderr, 
+		"chksum = %d, name = \"%s\", tar_linkname = \"%s\"\n",
+		h->c_chksum, h->c_name, 
+		h->c_tar_linkname ? h->c_tar_linkname : "(null)" );
+
+	}
+#endif
+      /* Is this the header for the TRAILER file?  */
+      if (strcmp ("TRAILER!!!", file_hdr.c_name) == 0)
+	{
+	  done = TRUE;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Do we have to ignore absolute paths, and if so, does the filename
+         have an absolute path?  */
+      if (no_abs_paths_flag && file_hdr.c_name && file_hdr.c_name [0] == '/')
+	{
+	  char *p;
+
+	  p = file_hdr.c_name;
+	  while (*p == '/')
+	    ++p;
+	  if (*p == '\0')
+	    {
+	      strcpy (file_hdr.c_name, ".");
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+              /* Debian hack: file_hrd.c_name is sometimes set to
+                 point to static memory by code in tar.c.  This
+                 causes a segfault.  Therefore, memmove is used
+                 instead of freeing and reallocating.  (Reported by
+                 Horst Knobloch.)  This bug has been reported to
+                 "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu". (99/1/6) -BEM */
+	      (void)memmove (file_hdr.c_name, p, (size_t)(strlen (p) + 1));
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Does the file name match one of the given patterns?  */
+      if (num_patterns <= 0)
+	skip_file = FALSE;
+      else
+	{
+	  skip_file = copy_matching_files;
+	  for (i = 0; i < num_patterns
+	       && skip_file == copy_matching_files; i++)
+	    {
+	      if (fnmatch (save_patterns[i], file_hdr.c_name, 0) == 0)
+		skip_file = !copy_matching_files;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (skip_file)
+	{
+	  /* If we're skipping a file with links, there might be other
+	     links that we didn't skip, and this file might have the
+	     data for the links.  If it does, we'll copy in the data
+	     to the links, but not to this file.  */
+	  if (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1 && (archive_format == arf_newascii
+	      || archive_format == arf_crcascii) )
+	    {
+	      if (create_defered_links_to_skipped(&file_hdr, in_file_des) < 0)
+	        {
+		  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+		  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+	      tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (table_flag)
+	{
+	  list_file(&file_hdr, in_file_des);
+	}
+      else if (append_flag)
+	{
+	  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+	  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+	}
+      else if (only_verify_crc_flag)
+	{
+#ifdef CP_IFLNK
+	  if ((file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFLNK)
+	    {
+	      if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
+		{
+		  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+		  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+		  continue;
+		}
+	    }
+#endif
+	    crc = 0;
+	    tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+	    tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+	    if (crc != file_hdr.c_chksum)
+	      {
+		error (0, 0, _("%s: checksum error (0x%x, should be 0x%x)"),
+		       file_hdr.c_name, crc, file_hdr.c_chksum);
+	      }
+         /* Debian hack: -v and -V now work with --only-verify-crc.
+            (99/11/10) -BEM */
+	    if (verbose_flag)
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", file_hdr.c_name);
+	      }
+	    if (dot_flag)
+	      {
+		fputc ('.', stderr);
+	      }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Copy the input file into the directory structure.  */
+
+	  /* Do we need to rename the file? */
+	  if (rename_flag || rename_batch_file)
+	    {
+	      if (query_rename(&file_hdr, tty_in, tty_out, rename_in) < 0)
+	        {
+		  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+		  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+		  continue;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  copyin_file(&file_hdr, in_file_des);
+
+	  if (verbose_flag)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", file_hdr.c_name);
+	  if (dot_flag)
+	    fputc ('.', stderr);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (dot_flag)
+    fputc ('\n', stderr);
+
+  if (append_flag)
+    return;
+
+  if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+    {
+      create_final_defers ();
+    }
+  if (!quiet_flag)
+    {
+      int blocks;
+      blocks = (input_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
+      fprintf (stderr, ngettext ("%d block\n", "%d blocks\n", blocks), blocks);
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+query_rename(file_hdr, tty_in, tty_out, rename_in)
+  struct new_cpio_header* file_hdr;
+  FILE *tty_in;
+  FILE *tty_out;
+  FILE *rename_in;
+{
+  char *str_res;		/* Result for string function.  */
+  static dynamic_string new_name;	/* New file name for rename option.  */
+  static int initialized_new_name = FALSE;
+  if (!initialized_new_name)
+  {
+    ds_init (&new_name, 128);
+    initialized_new_name = TRUE;
+  }
+
+  if (rename_flag)
+    {
+      fprintf (tty_out, _("rename %s -> "), file_hdr->c_name);
+      fflush (tty_out);
+      str_res = ds_fgets (tty_in, &new_name);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      str_res = ds_fgetstr (rename_in, &new_name, '\n');
+    }
+  if (str_res == NULL || str_res[0] == 0)
+    {
+      return -1;
+    }
+  else
+  /* Debian hack: file_hrd.c_name is sometimes set to
+     point to static memory by code in tar.c.  This
+     causes a segfault.  This has been fixed and an
+     additional check to ensure that the file name
+     is not too long has been added.  (Reported by
+     Horst Knobloch.)  This bug has been reported to
+     "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu". (99/1/6) -BEM */
+    {
+      if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
+	{
+	  free (file_hdr->c_name);
+	  file_hdr->c_name = xstrdup (new_name.ds_string);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (is_tar_filename_too_long (new_name.ds_string))
+	    error (0, 0, _("%s: file name too long"),
+		   new_name.ds_string);
+	  else
+	    strcpy (file_hdr->c_name, new_name.ds_string);
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+list_file(file_hdr, in_file_des)
+  struct new_cpio_header* file_hdr;
+  int in_file_des;
+{
+  if (verbose_flag)
+    {
+#ifdef CP_IFLNK
+      if ((file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFLNK)
+	{
+	  if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
+	    {
+	      char *link_name = NULL;	/* Name of hard and symbolic links.  */
+
+	      link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) file_hdr->c_filesize + 1);
+	      link_name[file_hdr->c_filesize] = '\0';
+	      tape_buffered_read (link_name, in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	      long_format (file_hdr, link_name);
+	      free (link_name);
+	      tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      long_format (file_hdr, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname);
+	      return;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	long_format (file_hdr, (char *) 0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Debian hack: Modified to print a list of filenames
+	 terminiated by a null character when the -t and -0
+	 flags are used.  This has been submitted as a
+	 suggestion to "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  -BEM */
+      printf ("%s%c", file_hdr->c_name, name_end);
+    }
+
+  crc = 0;
+  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+  if (only_verify_crc_flag)
+    {
+#ifdef CP_IFLNK
+      if ((file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFLNK)
+	{
+	  return;   /* links don't have a checksum */
+	}
+#endif
+      if (crc != file_hdr->c_chksum)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s: checksum error (0x%x, should be 0x%x)"),
+		 file_hdr->c_name, crc, file_hdr->c_chksum);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+copyin_file(file_hdr, in_file_des)
+  struct new_cpio_header* file_hdr;
+  int in_file_des;
+{
+  int existing_dir;
+
+  if (try_existing_file(file_hdr, in_file_des, &existing_dir) < 0)
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Do the real copy or link.  */
+  switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
+    {
+    case CP_IFREG:
+      copyin_regular_file(file_hdr, in_file_des);
+      break;
+
+    case CP_IFDIR:
+      copyin_directory(file_hdr, existing_dir);
+      break;
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+    case CP_IFCHR:
+    case CP_IFBLK:
+#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
+    case CP_IFSOCK:
+#endif
+#ifdef CP_IFIFO
+    case CP_IFIFO:
+#endif
+      copyin_device(file_hdr);
+      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CP_IFLNK
+    case CP_IFLNK:
+      copyin_link(file_hdr, in_file_des);
+      break;
+#endif
+
+    default:
+      error (0, 0, _("%s: unknown file type"), file_hdr->c_name);
+      tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+      tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+try_existing_file(file_hdr, in_file_des, existing_dir)
+  struct new_cpio_header* file_hdr;
+  int in_file_des;
+  int* existing_dir;
+{
+  struct stat file_stat;
+
+  *existing_dir = FALSE;
+  if (lstat (file_hdr->c_name, &file_stat) == 0)
+    {
+      if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode)
+	  && ((file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFDIR))
+	{
+	  /* If there is already a directory there that
+	     we are trying to create, don't complain about
+	     it.  */
+	  *existing_dir = TRUE;
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      else if (!unconditional_flag
+	       && file_hdr->c_mtime <= file_stat.st_mtime)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s not created: newer or same age version exists"),
+		 file_hdr->c_name);
+	  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  return -1;	/* Go to the next file.  */
+	}
+      else if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode) 
+		? rmdir (file_hdr->c_name)
+		: unlink (file_hdr->c_name))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot remove current %s"),
+		 file_hdr->c_name);
+	  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  return -1;	/* Go to the next file.  */
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+copyin_regular_file(file_hdr, in_file_des)
+  struct new_cpio_header* file_hdr;
+  int in_file_des;
+{
+  int out_file_des;		/* Output file descriptor.  */
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  /* Can the current file be linked to a previously copied file? */
+  if (file_hdr->c_nlink > 1 && (archive_format == arf_newascii
+      || archive_format == arf_crcascii) )
+    {
+      int link_res;
+      if (file_hdr->c_filesize == 0)
+	{
+	  /* The newc and crc formats store multiply linked copies
+	     of the same file in the archive only once.  The
+	     actual data is attached to the last link in the
+	     archive, and the other links all have a filesize
+	     of 0.  Since this file has multiple links and a
+	     filesize of 0, its data is probably attatched to
+	     another file in the archive.  Save the link, and
+	     process it later when we get the actual data.  We
+	     can't just create it with length 0 and add the
+	     data later, in case the file is readonly.  We still
+	     lose if its parent directory is readonly (and we aren't
+	     running as root), but there's nothing we can do about
+	     that.  */
+	  defer_copyin (file_hdr);
+	  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  return;
+	}
+      /* If the file has data (filesize != 0), then presumably
+	 any other links have already been defer_copyin'ed(),
+	 but GNU cpio version 2.0-2.2 didn't do that, so we
+	 still have to check for links here (and also in case
+	 the archive was created and later appeneded to). */
+      /* Debian hack: (97/1/2) This was reported by Ronald
+	 F. Guilmette to the upstream maintainers. -BEM */
+      link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr->c_name, 
+		    file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min,
+		    file_hdr->c_ino);
+      if (link_res == 0)
+	{
+	  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (file_hdr->c_nlink > 1 && archive_format != arf_tar
+      && archive_format != arf_ustar)
+    {
+      int link_res;
+      /* Debian hack: (97/1/2) This was reported by Ronald
+	 F. Guilmette to the upstream maintainers. -BEM */
+      link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr->c_name, 
+		    file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min,
+		    file_hdr->c_ino);
+      if (link_res == 0)
+	{
+	  tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+	   && file_hdr->c_tar_linkname && 
+	   file_hdr->c_tar_linkname[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      int	link_res;
+      link_res = link_to_name (file_hdr->c_name,
+			       file_hdr->c_tar_linkname);
+      if (link_res < 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot link %s to %s"),
+		 file_hdr->c_tar_linkname, file_hdr->c_name);
+	}
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* If not linked, copy the contents of the file.  */
+  out_file_des = open (file_hdr->c_name,
+		       O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
+  if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+    {
+      create_all_directories (file_hdr->c_name);
+      out_file_des = open (file_hdr->c_name,
+			   O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY,
+			   0600);
+    }
+  if (out_file_des < 0)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+      tape_toss_input (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+      tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  crc = 0;
+  if (swap_halfwords_flag)
+    {
+      if ((file_hdr->c_filesize % 4) == 0)
+	swapping_halfwords = TRUE;
+      else
+	error (0, 0, _("cannot swap halfwords of %s: odd number of halfwords"),
+	       file_hdr->c_name);
+    }
+  if (swap_bytes_flag)
+    {
+      if ((file_hdr->c_filesize % 2) == 0)
+	swapping_bytes = TRUE;
+      else
+	error (0, 0, _("cannot swap bytes of %s: odd number of bytes"),
+	       file_hdr->c_name);
+    }
+  copy_files_tape_to_disk (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+  disk_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
+  /* Debian hack to fix a bug in the --sparse option.
+     This bug has been reported to
+     "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  (96/7/10) -BEM */
+  if (delayed_seek_count > 0)
+    {
+      lseek (out_file_des, delayed_seek_count-1, SEEK_CUR);
+      write (out_file_des, "", 1);
+      delayed_seek_count = 0;
+    }
+  if (close (out_file_des) < 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+
+  if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+    {
+      if (crc != file_hdr->c_chksum)
+	error (0, 0, _("%s: checksum error (0x%x, should be 0x%x)"),
+	       file_hdr->c_name, crc, file_hdr->c_chksum);
+    }
+  /* File is now copied; set attributes.  */
+  if (!no_chown_flag)
+    if ((chown (file_hdr->c_name,
+		set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr->c_uid,
+	   set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr->c_gid) < 0)
+	&& errno != EPERM)
+      error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+  /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
+  if (chmod (file_hdr->c_name, (int) file_hdr->c_mode) < 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+  if (retain_time_flag)
+    {
+      struct utimbuf times;		/* For setting file times.  */
+      /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set.  */
+      bzero (&times, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
+
+      times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr->c_mtime;
+      if (utime (file_hdr->c_name, &times) < 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+    }
+  tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+  if (file_hdr->c_nlink > 1 && (archive_format == arf_newascii
+      || archive_format == arf_crcascii) )
+    {
+      /* (see comment above for how the newc and crc formats 
+	 store multiple links).  Now that we have the data 
+	 for this file, create any other links to it which
+	 we defered.  */
+      create_defered_links (file_hdr);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+copyin_directory(file_hdr, existing_dir)
+  struct new_cpio_header* file_hdr;
+  int existing_dir;
+{
+  int res;			/* Result of various function calls.  */
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+  int cdf_flag;                 /* True if file is a CDF.  */
+  int cdf_char;                 /* Index of `+' char indicating a CDF.  */
+#endif
+
+  /* Strip any trailing `/'s off the filename; tar puts
+     them on.  We might as well do it here in case anybody
+     else does too, since they cause strange things to happen.  */
+  strip_trailing_slashes (file_hdr->c_name);
+
+  /* Ignore the current directory.  It must already exist,
+     and we don't want to change its permission, ownership
+     or time.  */
+  if (file_hdr->c_name[0] == '.' && file_hdr->c_name[1] == '\0')
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+  cdf_flag = 0;
+#endif
+  if (!existing_dir)
+
+    {
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+      /* If the directory name ends in a + and is SUID,
+	 then it is a CDF.  Strip the trailing + from
+	 the name before creating it.  */
+      cdf_char = strlen (file_hdr->c_name) - 1;
+      if ( (cdf_char > 0) &&
+	   (file_hdr->c_mode & 04000) && 
+	   (file_hdr->c_name [cdf_char] == '+') )
+	{
+	  file_hdr->c_name [cdf_char] = '\0';
+	  cdf_flag = 1;
+	}
+#endif
+      res = mkdir (file_hdr->c_name, file_hdr->c_mode);
+    }
+  else
+    res = 0;
+  if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+    {
+      create_all_directories (file_hdr->c_name);
+      res = mkdir (file_hdr->c_name, file_hdr->c_mode);
+    }
+  if (res < 0)
+    {
+      /* In some odd cases where the file_hdr->c_name includes `.',
+	 the directory may have actually been created by
+	 create_all_directories(), so the mkdir will fail
+	 because the directory exists.  If that's the case,
+	 don't complain about it.  */
+      struct stat file_stat;
+      if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
+	   (lstat (file_hdr->c_name, &file_stat) != 0) ||
+	   !(S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode) ) )
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  if (!no_chown_flag)
+    if ((chown (file_hdr->c_name,
+		set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr->c_uid,
+		set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr->c_gid) < 0)
+	&& errno != EPERM)
+      error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+  /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
+  if (chmod (file_hdr->c_name, (int) file_hdr->c_mode) < 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+  if (cdf_flag)
+    /* Once we "hide" the directory with the chmod(),
+       we have to refer to it using name+ instead of name.  */
+    file_hdr->c_name [cdf_char] = '+';
+#endif
+  if (retain_time_flag)
+    {
+      struct utimbuf times;		/* For setting file times.  */
+      /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set.  */
+      bzero (&times, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
+
+      times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr->c_mtime;
+      if (utime (file_hdr->c_name, &times) < 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+copyin_device(file_hdr)
+  struct new_cpio_header* file_hdr;
+{
+  int res;			/* Result of various function calls.  */
+
+  if (file_hdr->c_nlink > 1 && archive_format != arf_tar
+      && archive_format != arf_ustar)
+    {
+      int link_res;
+      /* Debian hack:  This was reported by Horst
+	 Knobloch. This bug has been reported to
+	 "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu". (99/1/6) -BEM */
+      link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (file_hdr->c_name, 
+		    file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min,
+		    file_hdr->c_ino);
+      if (link_res == 0)
+	{
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (archive_format == arf_ustar &&
+	   file_hdr->c_tar_linkname && 
+	   file_hdr->c_tar_linkname [0] != '\0')
+    {
+      int	link_res;
+      link_res = link_to_name (file_hdr->c_name,
+			       file_hdr->c_tar_linkname);
+      if (link_res < 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot link %s to %s"),
+		 file_hdr->c_tar_linkname, file_hdr->c_name);
+	  /* Something must be wrong, because we couldn't
+	     find the file to link to.  But can we assume
+	     that the device maj/min numbers are correct
+	     and fall through to the mknod?  It's probably
+	     safer to just return, rather than possibly
+	     creating a bogus device file.  */
+	}
+      return;
+    }
+  
+  res = mknod (file_hdr->c_name, file_hdr->c_mode,
+	    makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min));
+  if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+    {
+      create_all_directories (file_hdr->c_name);
+      res = mknod (file_hdr->c_name, file_hdr->c_mode,
+	    makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min));
+    }
+  if (res < 0)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+      return;
+    }
+  if (!no_chown_flag)
+    if ((chown (file_hdr->c_name,
+		set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr->c_uid,
+		set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr->c_gid) < 0)
+	&& errno != EPERM)
+      error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+  /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
+  if (chmod (file_hdr->c_name, file_hdr->c_mode) < 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+  if (retain_time_flag)
+    {
+      struct utimbuf times;		/* For setting file times.  */
+      /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set.  */
+      bzero (&times, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
+
+      times.actime = times.modtime = file_hdr->c_mtime;
+      if (utime (file_hdr->c_name, &times) < 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+copyin_link(file_hdr, in_file_des)
+  struct new_cpio_header* file_hdr;
+  int in_file_des;
+{
+  char *link_name = NULL;	/* Name of hard and symbolic links.  */
+  int res;			/* Result of various function calls.  */
+
+  if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
+    {
+      link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) file_hdr->c_filesize + 1);
+      link_name[file_hdr->c_filesize] = '\0';
+      tape_buffered_read (link_name, in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+      tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, file_hdr->c_filesize);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      link_name = xstrdup (file_hdr->c_tar_linkname);
+    }
+
+  res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, file_hdr->c_name,
+			 file_hdr->c_mode);
+  if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+    {
+      create_all_directories (file_hdr->c_name);
+      res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, file_hdr->c_name,
+			     file_hdr->c_mode);
+    }
+  if (res < 0)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+      free (link_name);
+      return;
+    }
+  if (!no_chown_flag)
+    if ((lchown (file_hdr->c_name,
+		 set_owner_flag ? set_owner : file_hdr->c_uid,
+	     set_group_flag ? set_group : file_hdr->c_gid) < 0)
+	&& errno != EPERM)
+      {
+	error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr->c_name);
+      }
+  free (link_name);
+}
+
+/* Print the file described by FILE_HDR in long format.
+   If LINK_NAME is nonzero, it is the name of the file that
+   this file is a symbolic link to.  */
+
+void
+long_format (file_hdr, link_name)
+     struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+     char *link_name;
+{
+  char mbuf[11];
+  char tbuf[40];
+  time_t when;
+
+  mode_string (file_hdr->c_mode, mbuf);
+  mbuf[10] = '\0';
+
+  /* Get time values ready to print.  */
+  when = file_hdr->c_mtime;
+  strcpy (tbuf, ctime (&when));
+  if (current_time - when > 6L * 30L * 24L * 60L * 60L
+      || current_time - when < 0L)
+    {
+      /* The file is older than 6 months, or in the future.
+	 Show the year instead of the time of day.  */
+      strcpy (tbuf + 11, tbuf + 19);
+    }
+  tbuf[16] = '\0';
+
+  printf ("%s %3u ", mbuf, file_hdr->c_nlink);
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  if (numeric_uid)
+#endif
+    printf ("%-8u %-8u ", (unsigned int) file_hdr->c_uid,
+	    (unsigned int) file_hdr->c_gid);
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  else
+    printf ("%-8.8s %-8.8s ", getuser (file_hdr->c_uid),
+	    getgroup (file_hdr->c_gid));
+
+  if ((file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFCHR
+      || (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT) == CP_IFBLK)
+    printf ("%3u, %3u ", file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
+	    file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
+  else
+#endif
+    printf ("%8lu ", file_hdr->c_filesize);
+
+  printf ("%s ", tbuf + 4);
+
+  print_name_with_quoting (file_hdr->c_name);
+  if (link_name)
+    {
+      printf (" -> ");
+      print_name_with_quoting (link_name);
+    }
+  putc ('\n', stdout);
+}
+
+void
+print_name_with_quoting (p)
+     register char *p;
+{
+  register unsigned char c;
+
+  while ( (c = *p++) )
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+	case '\\':
+	  printf ("\\\\");
+	  break;
+#endif
+
+	case '\n':
+	  printf ("\\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '\b':
+	  printf ("\\b");
+	  break;
+
+	case '\r':
+	  printf ("\\r");
+	  break;
+
+	case '\t':
+	  printf ("\\t");
+	  break;
+
+	case '\f':
+	  printf ("\\f");
+	  break;
+
+	case ' ':
+	  printf ("\\ ");
+	  break;
+
+	case '"':
+	  printf ("\\\"");
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  if (c > 040 &&
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+	      c < 0377 && c != 0177
+#else
+	      c < 0177
+#endif
+	    )
+	    putchar (c);
+	  else
+	    printf ("\\%03o", (unsigned int) c);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read a pattern file (for the -E option).  Put a list of
+   `num_patterns' elements in `save_patterns'.  Any patterns that were
+   already in `save_patterns' (from the command line) are preserved.  */
+
+static void
+read_pattern_file ()
+{
+  int max_new_patterns;
+  char **new_save_patterns;
+  int new_num_patterns;
+  int i;
+  dynamic_string pattern_name;
+  FILE *pattern_fp;
+
+  if (num_patterns < 0)
+    num_patterns = 0;
+  max_new_patterns = 1 + num_patterns;
+  new_save_patterns = (char **) xmalloc (max_new_patterns * sizeof (char *));
+  new_num_patterns = num_patterns;
+  ds_init (&pattern_name, 128);
+
+  pattern_fp = fopen (pattern_file_name, "r");
+  if (pattern_fp == NULL)
+    error (1, errno, "%s", pattern_file_name);
+  while (ds_fgetstr (pattern_fp, &pattern_name, '\n') != NULL)
+    {
+      if (new_num_patterns >= max_new_patterns)
+	{
+	  max_new_patterns += 1;
+	  new_save_patterns = (char **)
+	    xrealloc ((char *) new_save_patterns,
+		      max_new_patterns * sizeof (char *));
+	}
+      new_save_patterns[new_num_patterns] = xstrdup (pattern_name.ds_string);
+      ++new_num_patterns;
+    }
+  if (ferror (pattern_fp) || fclose (pattern_fp) == EOF)
+    error (1, errno, "%s", pattern_file_name);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < num_patterns; ++i)
+    new_save_patterns[i] = save_patterns[i];
+
+  save_patterns = new_save_patterns;
+  num_patterns = new_num_patterns;
+}
+
+/* Skip the padding on IN_FILE_DES after a header or file,
+   up to the next header.
+   The number of bytes skipped is based on OFFSET -- the current offset
+   from the last start of a header (or file) -- and the current
+   header type.  */
+
+static void
+tape_skip_padding (in_file_des, offset)
+     int in_file_des;
+     int offset;
+{
+  int pad;
+
+  if (archive_format == arf_crcascii || archive_format == arf_newascii)
+    pad = (4 - (offset % 4)) % 4;
+  else if (archive_format == arf_binary || archive_format == arf_hpbinary)
+    pad = (2 - (offset % 2)) % 2;
+  else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+    pad = (512 - (offset % 512)) % 512;
+  else
+    pad = 0;
+
+  if (pad != 0)
+    tape_toss_input (in_file_des, pad);
+}
+
+
+/* The newc and crc formats store multiply linked copies of the same file 
+   in the archive only once.  The actual data is attached to the last link 
+   in the archive, and the other links all have a filesize of 0.  When a 
+   file in the archive has multiple links and a filesize of 0, its data is 
+   probably "attatched" to another file in the archive, so we can't create
+   it right away.  We have to "defer" creating it until we have created
+   the file that has the data "attatched" to it.  We keep a list of the
+   "defered" links on deferments.  */
+
+struct deferment *deferments = NULL;
+
+/* Add a file header to the deferments list.  For now they all just
+   go on one list, although we could optimize this if necessary.  */
+
+static void
+defer_copyin (file_hdr)
+  struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  d = create_deferment (file_hdr);
+  d->next = deferments;
+  deferments = d;
+  return;
+}
+
+/* We just created a file that (probably) has some other links to it
+   which have been defered.  Go through all of the links on the deferments
+   list and create any which are links to this file.  */
+
+static void
+create_defered_links (file_hdr)
+  struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  struct deferment *d_prev;
+  int	ino;
+  int 	maj;
+  int   min;
+  int 	link_res;
+  ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
+  maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
+  min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
+  d = deferments;
+  d_prev = NULL;
+  while (d != NULL)
+    {
+      if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
+	  && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
+	{
+	  struct deferment *d_free;
+	  link_res = link_to_name (d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name);
+	  if (link_res < 0)
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot link %s to %s"),
+		     d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name);
+	    }
+	  if (d_prev != NULL)
+	    d_prev->next = d->next;
+	  else
+	    deferments = d->next;
+	  d_free = d;
+	  d = d->next;
+	  free_deferment (d_free);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  d_prev = d;
+	  d = d->next;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* We are skipping a file but there might be other links to it that we
+   did not skip, so we have to copy its data for the other links.  Find
+   the first link that we didn't skip and try to create that.  That will
+   then create the other deferred links.  */
+
+static int
+create_defered_links_to_skipped (file_hdr, in_file_des)
+  struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+  int in_file_des;
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  struct deferment *d_prev;
+  int	ino;
+  int 	maj;
+  int   min;
+  int 	link_res;
+  if (file_hdr->c_filesize == 0)
+    {
+      /* The file doesn't have any data attached to it so we don't have
+         to bother.  */
+      return -1;
+    }
+  ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
+  maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
+  min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
+  d = deferments;
+  d_prev = NULL;
+  while (d != NULL)
+    {
+      if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
+	  && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
+	{
+	  if (d_prev != NULL)
+	    d_prev->next = d->next;
+	  else
+	    deferments = d->next;
+	  free (file_hdr->c_name);
+	  file_hdr->c_name = xstrdup(d->header.c_name);
+	  free_deferment (d);
+	  copyin_regular_file(file_hdr, in_file_des);
+	  return 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  d_prev = d;
+	  d = d->next;
+	}
+    }
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* If we had a multiply linked file that really was empty then we would
+   have defered all of its links, since we never found any with data
+   "attached", and they will still be on the deferment list even when
+   we are done reading the whole archive.  Write out all of these
+   empty links that are still on the deferments list.  */
+
+static void
+create_final_defers ()
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  int	link_res;
+  int	out_file_des;
+  struct utimbuf times;		/* For setting file times.  */
+  /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set.  */
+  bzero (&times, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
+  
+  for (d = deferments; d != NULL; d = d->next)
+    {
+      /* Debian hack: A line, which could cause an endless loop, was
+         removed (97/1/2).  It was reported by Ronald F. Guilmette to
+         the upstream maintainers. -BEM */
+      /* Debian hack:  This was reported by Horst Knobloch. This bug has
+         been reported to "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu". (99/1/6) -BEM
+         */
+      link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (d->header.c_name, 
+		    d->header.c_dev_maj, d->header.c_dev_min,
+		    d->header.c_ino);
+      if (link_res == 0)
+	{
+	  continue;
+	}
+      out_file_des = open (d->header.c_name,
+			   O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
+      if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+	{
+	  create_all_directories (d->header.c_name);
+	  out_file_des = open (d->header.c_name,
+			       O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY,
+			       0600);
+	}
+      if (out_file_des < 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (close (out_file_des) < 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
+
+      /* File is now copied; set attributes.  */
+      if (!no_chown_flag)
+	if ((chown (d->header.c_name,
+		    set_owner_flag ? set_owner : d->header.c_uid,
+	       set_group_flag ? set_group : d->header.c_gid) < 0)
+	    && errno != EPERM)
+	  error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
+      /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
+      if (chmod (d->header.c_name, (int) d->header.c_mode) < 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
+      if (retain_time_flag)
+	{
+	  times.actime = times.modtime = d->header.c_mtime;
+	  if (utime (d->header.c_name, &times) < 0)
+	    error (0, errno, "%s", d->header.c_name);
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/copyout.c b/src/copyout.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6be7983
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/copyout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,827 @@
+/* copyout.c - create a cpio archive
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "filetypes.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "cpiohdr.h"
+#include "dstring.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "defer.h"
+#include "rmt.h"
+
+static unsigned long read_for_checksum ();
+static void tape_clear_rest_of_block ();
+static void tape_pad_output ();
+static int last_link ();
+static int count_defered_links_to_dev_ino ();
+static void add_link_defer ();
+static void writeout_other_defers ();
+static void writeout_final_defers();
+static void writeout_defered_file ();
+
+/* Write out header FILE_HDR, including the file name, to file
+   descriptor OUT_DES.  */
+
+void
+write_out_header (file_hdr, out_des)
+     struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+     int out_des;
+{
+  if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+    {
+      char ascii_header[112];
+      char *magic_string;
+
+      if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+	magic_string = "070702";
+      else
+	magic_string = "070701";
+      sprintf (ascii_header,
+	       "%6s%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx%08lx",
+	       magic_string,
+	       file_hdr->c_ino, file_hdr->c_mode, file_hdr->c_uid,
+	       file_hdr->c_gid, file_hdr->c_nlink, file_hdr->c_mtime,
+	     file_hdr->c_filesize, file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min,
+	   file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min, file_hdr->c_namesize,
+	       file_hdr->c_chksum);
+      tape_buffered_write (ascii_header, out_des, 110L);
+
+      /* Write file name to output.  */
+      tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
+      tape_pad_output (out_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 110);
+    }
+  else if (archive_format == arf_oldascii || archive_format == arf_hpoldascii)
+    {
+      char ascii_header[78];
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+      dev_t dev;
+      dev_t rdev;
+
+      if (archive_format == arf_oldascii)
+	{
+	  dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
+	  rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary archives,
+	     but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and puts the
+	     actual major/minor number in the filesize field.  */
+	  switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
+	    {
+	      case CP_IFCHR:
+	      case CP_IFBLK:
+#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
+	      case CP_IFSOCK:
+#endif
+#ifdef CP_IFIFO
+	      case CP_IFIFO:
+#endif
+		file_hdr->c_filesize = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
+						file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
+		rdev = 1;
+		break;
+	      default:
+		dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
+		rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+#else
+      int dev = 0, rdev = 0;
+#endif
+
+      if ((file_hdr->c_ino >> 16) != 0)
+	error (0, 0, _("%s: truncating inode number"), file_hdr->c_name);
+
+      /* Debian hack: The type of dev_t has changed in glibc.  Fixed output
+         to ensure that a long int is passed to sprintf.  This has been
+         reported to "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu". (1998/5/26) -BEM */
+      sprintf (ascii_header,
+	       "%06ho%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%06lo%011lo%06lo%011lo",
+	       file_hdr->c_magic & 0xFFFF, (long) dev & 0xFFFF,
+	       file_hdr->c_ino & 0xFFFF, file_hdr->c_mode & 0xFFFF,
+	       file_hdr->c_uid & 0xFFFF, file_hdr->c_gid & 0xFFFF,
+	       file_hdr->c_nlink & 0xFFFF, (long) rdev & 0xFFFF,
+	       file_hdr->c_mtime, file_hdr->c_namesize & 0xFFFF,
+	       file_hdr->c_filesize);
+      tape_buffered_write (ascii_header, out_des, 76L);
+
+      /* Write file name to output.  */
+      tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
+    }
+  else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+    {
+      write_out_tar_header (file_hdr, out_des);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      struct old_cpio_header short_hdr;
+
+      short_hdr.c_magic = 070707;
+      short_hdr.c_dev = makedev (file_hdr->c_dev_maj, file_hdr->c_dev_min);
+
+      if ((file_hdr->c_ino >> 16) != 0)
+	error (0, 0, _("%s: truncating inode number"), file_hdr->c_name);
+
+      short_hdr.c_ino = file_hdr->c_ino & 0xFFFF;
+      short_hdr.c_mode = file_hdr->c_mode & 0xFFFF;
+      short_hdr.c_uid = file_hdr->c_uid & 0xFFFF;
+      short_hdr.c_gid = file_hdr->c_gid & 0xFFFF;
+      short_hdr.c_nlink = file_hdr->c_nlink & 0xFFFF;
+      if (archive_format != arf_hpbinary)
+	short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
+	    {
+	      /* HP/UX cpio creates archives that look just like ordinary 
+		 archives, but for devices it sets major = 0, minor = 1, and 
+		 puts the actual major/minor number in the filesize field.  */
+	      case CP_IFCHR:
+	      case CP_IFBLK:
+#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
+	      case CP_IFSOCK:
+#endif
+#ifdef CP_IFIFO
+	      case CP_IFIFO:
+#endif
+		file_hdr->c_filesize = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj,
+						file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
+		short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (0, 1);
+		break;
+	      default:
+		short_hdr.c_rdev = makedev (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, 
+					    file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+      short_hdr.c_mtimes[0] = file_hdr->c_mtime >> 16;
+      short_hdr.c_mtimes[1] = file_hdr->c_mtime & 0xFFFF;
+
+      short_hdr.c_namesize = file_hdr->c_namesize & 0xFFFF;
+
+      short_hdr.c_filesizes[0] = file_hdr->c_filesize >> 16;
+      short_hdr.c_filesizes[1] = file_hdr->c_filesize & 0xFFFF;
+
+      /* Output the file header.  */
+      tape_buffered_write ((char *) &short_hdr, out_des, 26L);
+
+      /* Write file name to output.  */
+      tape_buffered_write (file_hdr->c_name, out_des, (long) file_hdr->c_namesize);
+
+      tape_pad_output (out_des, file_hdr->c_namesize + 26);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read a list of file names from the standard input
+   and write a cpio collection on the standard output.
+   The format of the header depends on the compatibility (-c) flag.  */
+
+void
+process_copy_out ()
+{
+  int res;			/* Result of functions.  */
+  dynamic_string input_name;	/* Name of file read from stdin.  */
+  struct utimbuf times;		/* For resetting file times after copy.  */
+  struct stat file_stat;	/* Stat record for file.  */
+  struct new_cpio_header file_hdr; /* Output header information.  */
+  int in_file_des;		/* Source file descriptor.  */
+  int out_file_des;		/* Output file descriptor.  */
+  char *p;
+
+  /* Initialize the copy out.  */
+  ds_init (&input_name, 128);
+  /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set.  */
+  bzero (&times, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
+  file_hdr.c_magic = 070707;
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+  setmode (archive_des, O_BINARY);
+#endif
+  /* Check whether the output file might be a tape.  */
+  out_file_des = archive_des;
+  if (_isrmt (out_file_des))
+    {
+      output_is_special = 1;
+      output_is_seekable = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (fstat (out_file_des, &file_stat))
+	error (1, errno, _("standard output is closed"));
+      output_is_special =
+#ifdef S_ISBLK
+	S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode) ||
+#endif
+	S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode);
+      output_is_seekable = S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode);
+    }
+
+  if (append_flag)
+    {
+      process_copy_in ();
+      prepare_append (out_file_des);
+    }
+
+  /* Copy files with names read from stdin.  */
+  while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Check for blank line.  */
+      if (input_name.ds_string[0] == 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("blank line ignored"));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Process next file.  */
+      if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &file_stat) < 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Set values in output header.  */
+	  file_hdr.c_dev_maj = major (file_stat.st_dev);
+	  file_hdr.c_dev_min = minor (file_stat.st_dev);
+	  file_hdr.c_ino = file_stat.st_ino;
+	  /* For POSIX systems that don't define the S_IF macros,
+	     we can't assume that S_ISfoo means the standard Unix
+	     S_IFfoo bit(s) are set.  So do it manually, with a
+	     different name.  Bleah.  */
+	  file_hdr.c_mode = (file_stat.st_mode & 07777);
+	  if (S_ISREG (file_stat.st_mode))
+	    file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
+	  else if (S_ISDIR (file_stat.st_mode))
+	    file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
+#ifdef S_ISBLK
+	  else if (S_ISBLK (file_stat.st_mode))
+	    file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFBLK;
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISCHR
+	  else if (S_ISCHR (file_stat.st_mode))
+	    file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFCHR;
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISFIFO
+	  else if (S_ISFIFO (file_stat.st_mode))
+	    file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFIFO;
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+	  else if (S_ISLNK (file_stat.st_mode))
+	    file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFLNK;
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISSOCK
+	  else if (S_ISSOCK (file_stat.st_mode))
+	    file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFSOCK;
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISNWK
+	  else if (S_ISNWK (file_stat.st_mode))
+	    file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFNWK;
+#endif
+	  file_hdr.c_uid = file_stat.st_uid;
+	  file_hdr.c_gid = file_stat.st_gid;
+	  file_hdr.c_nlink = file_stat.st_nlink;
+	  file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = major (file_stat.st_rdev);
+	  file_hdr.c_rdev_min = minor (file_stat.st_rdev);
+	  file_hdr.c_mtime = file_stat.st_mtime;
+	  file_hdr.c_filesize = file_stat.st_size;
+	  file_hdr.c_chksum = 0;
+	  file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = NULL;
+
+	  /* Strip leading `./' from the filename.  */
+	  p = input_name.ds_string;
+	  while (*p == '.' && *(p + 1) == '/')
+	    {
+	      ++p;
+	      while (*p == '/')
+		++p;
+	    }
+#ifndef HPUX_CDF
+	  file_hdr.c_name = p;
+	  file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (p) + 1;
+#else
+	  if ( (archive_format != arf_tar) && (archive_format != arf_ustar) )
+	    {
+	      /* We mark CDF's in cpio files by adding a 2nd `/' after the
+		 "hidden" directory name.  We need to do this so we can
+		 properly recreate the directory as hidden (in case the
+		 files of a directory go into the archive before the
+		 directory itself (e.g from "find ... -depth ... | cpio")).  */
+	      file_hdr.c_name = add_cdf_double_slashes (p);
+	      file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (file_hdr.c_name) + 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* We don't mark CDF's in tar files.  We assume the "hidden"
+		 directory will always go into the archive before any of
+		 its files.  */
+	      file_hdr.c_name = p;
+	      file_hdr.c_namesize = strlen (p) + 1;
+	    }
+#endif
+	  if ((archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+	      && is_tar_filename_too_long (file_hdr.c_name))
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, _("%s: file name too long"), file_hdr.c_name);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Copy the named file to the output.  */
+	  switch (file_hdr.c_mode & CP_IFMT)
+	    {
+	    case CP_IFREG:
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+	      if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+		{
+		  char *otherfile;
+		  if ((otherfile = find_inode_file (file_hdr.c_ino,
+						    file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
+						    file_hdr.c_dev_min)))
+		    {
+		      file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = otherfile;
+		      write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	      if ( (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+		  && (file_hdr.c_nlink > 1) )
+		{
+		  if (last_link (&file_hdr) )
+		    {
+		      writeout_other_defers (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      add_link_defer (&file_hdr);
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+#endif
+	      in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string,
+				  O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
+	      if (in_file_des < 0)
+		{
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+		  continue;
+		}
+
+	      if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+		file_hdr.c_chksum = read_for_checksum (in_file_des,
+						       file_hdr.c_filesize,
+						       input_name.ds_string);
+
+	      write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+	      copy_files_disk_to_tape (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize, input_name.ds_string);
+	      warn_if_file_changed(input_name.ds_string, file_hdr.c_filesize,
+                                   file_hdr.c_mtime);
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+	      if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+		add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
+			   file_hdr.c_dev_min);
+#endif
+
+	      tape_pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+
+	      if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
+		error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+	      if (reset_time_flag)
+		{
+		  times.actime = file_stat.st_atime;
+		  times.modtime = file_stat.st_mtime;
+		  /* Debian hack: Silently ignore EROFS because
+                     reading the file won't have upset its timestamp
+                     if it's on a read-only filesystem.  This has been
+                     submitted as a suggestion to
+                     "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  -BEM */
+		  if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, &times) < 0
+		      && errno != EROFS)
+		    error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
+		}
+	      break;
+
+	    case CP_IFDIR:
+	      file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
+	      write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+	      break;
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+	    case CP_IFCHR:
+	    case CP_IFBLK:
+#ifdef CP_IFSOCK
+	    case CP_IFSOCK:
+#endif
+#ifdef CP_IFIFO
+	    case CP_IFIFO:
+#endif
+	      if (archive_format == arf_tar)
+		{
+		  error (0, 0, _("%s not dumped: not a regular file"),
+			 file_hdr.c_name);
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      else if (archive_format == arf_ustar)
+		{
+		  char *otherfile;
+		  if ((otherfile = find_inode_file (file_hdr.c_ino,
+						    file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
+						    file_hdr.c_dev_min)))
+		    {
+		      /* This file is linked to another file already in the 
+		         archive, so write it out as a hard link. */
+		      file_hdr.c_mode = (file_stat.st_mode & 07777);
+		      file_hdr.c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
+		      file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = otherfile;
+		      write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+		      break;
+		    }
+		  add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, 
+			     file_hdr.c_dev_maj, file_hdr.c_dev_min);
+		}
+	      file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
+	      write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+	      break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CP_IFLNK
+	    case CP_IFLNK:
+	      {
+		char *link_name = (char *) xmalloc (file_stat.st_size + 1);
+		int link_size;
+
+		link_size = readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name,
+			              file_stat.st_size);
+		if (link_size < 0)
+		  {
+		    error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+		    free (link_name);
+		    continue;
+		  }
+		file_hdr.c_filesize = link_size;
+		if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+		  {
+		    if (link_size + 1 > 100)
+		      {
+			error (0, 0, _("%s: symbolic link too long"),
+			       file_hdr.c_name);
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			link_name[link_size] = '\0';
+			file_hdr.c_tar_linkname = link_name;
+			write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+		      }
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+		    tape_buffered_write (link_name, out_file_des, link_size);
+		    tape_pad_output (out_file_des, link_size);
+		  }
+		free (link_name);
+	      }
+	      break;
+#endif
+
+	    default:
+	      error (0, 0, _("%s: unknown file type"), input_name.ds_string);
+	    }
+
+	  if (verbose_flag)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", input_name.ds_string);
+	  if (dot_flag)
+	    fputc ('.', stderr);
+	}
+    }
+
+  writeout_final_defers(out_file_des);
+  /* The collection is complete; append the trailer.  */
+  file_hdr.c_ino = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_mode = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_uid = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_gid = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_nlink = 1;		/* Must be 1 for crc format.  */
+  file_hdr.c_dev_maj = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_dev_min = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_rdev_maj = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_rdev_min = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_mtime = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_chksum = 0;
+
+  file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
+  file_hdr.c_namesize = 11;
+  file_hdr.c_name = "TRAILER!!!";
+  if (archive_format != arf_tar && archive_format != arf_ustar)
+    write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+  else
+    {
+      tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
+      tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
+    }
+
+  /* Fill up the output block.  */
+  tape_clear_rest_of_block (out_file_des);
+  tape_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
+  if (dot_flag)
+    fputc ('\n', stderr);
+  if (!quiet_flag)
+    {
+      res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
+      fprintf (stderr, ngettext ("%d block\n", "%d blocks\n", res), res);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read FILE_SIZE bytes of FILE_NAME from IN_FILE_DES and
+   compute and return a checksum for them.  */
+
+static unsigned long
+read_for_checksum (in_file_des, file_size, file_name)
+     int in_file_des;
+     int file_size;
+     char *file_name;
+{
+  unsigned long crc;
+  char buf[BUFSIZ];
+  int bytes_left;
+  int bytes_read;
+  int i;
+
+  crc = 0;
+
+  for (bytes_left = file_size; bytes_left > 0; bytes_left -= bytes_read)
+    {
+      bytes_read = read (in_file_des, buf, BUFSIZ);
+      if (bytes_read < 0)
+	error (1, errno, _("cannot read checksum for %s"), file_name);
+      if (bytes_read == 0)
+	break;
+      if (bytes_left < bytes_read)
+        bytes_read = bytes_left;
+      for (i = 0; i < bytes_read; ++i)
+	crc += buf[i] & 0xff;
+    }
+  if (lseek (in_file_des, 0L, SEEK_SET))
+    error (1, errno, _("cannot read checksum for %s"), file_name);
+
+  return crc;
+}
+
+/* Write out NULs to fill out the rest of the current block on
+   OUT_FILE_DES.  */
+
+static void
+tape_clear_rest_of_block (out_file_des)
+     int out_file_des;
+{
+  while (output_size < io_block_size)
+    {
+      if ((io_block_size - output_size) > 512)
+	tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, 512);
+      else
+	tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, io_block_size - output_size);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Write NULs on OUT_FILE_DES to move from OFFSET (the current location)
+   to the end of the header.  */
+
+static void
+tape_pad_output (out_file_des, offset)
+     int out_file_des;
+     int offset;
+{
+  int pad;
+
+  if (archive_format == arf_newascii || archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+    pad = (4 - (offset % 4)) % 4;
+  else if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+    pad = (512 - (offset % 512)) % 512;
+  else if (archive_format != arf_oldascii && archive_format != arf_hpoldascii)
+    pad = (2 - (offset % 2)) % 2;
+  else
+    pad = 0;
+
+  if (pad != 0)
+    tape_buffered_write (zeros_512, out_file_des, pad);
+}
+
+
+/* When creating newc and crc archives if a file has multiple (hard)
+   links, we don't put any of them into the archive until we have seen
+   all of them (or until we get to the end of the list of files that
+   are going into the archive and know that we have seen all of the links
+   to the file that we will see).  We keep these "defered" files on
+   this list.   */
+
+struct deferment *deferouts = NULL;
+
+
+/* Is this file_hdr the last (hard) link to a file?  I.e., have
+   we already seen and defered all of the other links?  */
+
+static int
+last_link (file_hdr)
+  struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+{
+  int	other_files_sofar;
+
+  other_files_sofar = count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (file_hdr);
+  if (file_hdr->c_nlink == (other_files_sofar + 1) )
+    {
+      return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Count the number of other (hard) links to this file that have
+   already been defered.  */
+
+static int
+count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (file_hdr)
+  struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  int	ino;
+  int 	maj;
+  int   min;
+  int 	count;
+  ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
+  maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
+  min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
+  count = 0;
+  for (d = deferouts; d != NULL; d = d->next)
+    {
+      if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
+	  && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
+	++count;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+
+/* Add the file header for a link that is being defered to the deferouts
+   list.  */
+
+static void
+add_link_defer (file_hdr)
+  struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  d = create_deferment (file_hdr);
+  d->next = deferouts;
+  deferouts = d;
+}
+
+/* We are about to put a file into a newc or crc archive that is
+   multiply linked.  We have already seen and defered all of the
+   other links to the file but haven't written them into the archive.
+   Write the other links into the archive, and remove them from the
+   deferouts list.  */
+
+static void
+writeout_other_defers (file_hdr, out_des)
+  struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+  int out_des;
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  struct deferment *d_prev;
+  int	ino;
+  int 	maj;
+  int   min;
+  ino = file_hdr->c_ino;
+  maj = file_hdr->c_dev_maj;
+  min = file_hdr->c_dev_min;
+  d_prev = NULL;
+  d = deferouts;
+  while (d != NULL)
+    {
+      if ( (d->header.c_ino == ino) && (d->header.c_dev_maj == maj)
+	  && (d->header.c_dev_min == min) )
+	{
+	  struct deferment *d_free;
+	  d->header.c_filesize = 0;
+	  write_out_header (&d->header, out_des);
+	  if (d_prev != NULL)
+	    d_prev->next = d->next;
+	  else
+	    deferouts = d->next;
+	  d_free = d;
+	  d = d->next;
+	  free_deferment (d_free);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  d_prev = d;
+	  d = d->next;
+	}
+    }
+  return;
+}
+/* When writing newc and crc format archives we defer multiply linked
+   files until we have seen all of the links to the file.  If a file
+   has links to it that aren't going into the archive, then we will
+   never see the "last" link to the file, so at the end we just write 
+   all of the leftover defered files into the archive.  */
+
+static void
+writeout_final_defers(out_des)
+  int	out_des;
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  int other_count;
+  while (deferouts != NULL)
+    {
+      d = deferouts;
+      other_count = count_defered_links_to_dev_ino (&d->header);
+      if (other_count == 1)
+	{
+	  writeout_defered_file (&d->header, out_des);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  struct new_cpio_header file_hdr;
+	  file_hdr = d->header;
+	  file_hdr.c_filesize = 0;
+	  write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_des);
+	}
+      deferouts = deferouts->next;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Write a file into the archive.  This code is the same as
+   the code in process_copy_out(), but we need it here too
+   for writeout_final_defers() to call.  */
+
+static void
+writeout_defered_file (header, out_file_des)
+  struct new_cpio_header *header;
+  int out_file_des;
+{
+  int in_file_des;
+  struct new_cpio_header file_hdr;
+  struct utimbuf times;		/* For setting file times.  */
+  /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set.  */
+  bzero (&times, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
+
+  file_hdr = *header;
+
+
+  in_file_des = open (header->c_name,
+		      O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
+  if (in_file_des < 0)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, "%s", header->c_name);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+    file_hdr.c_chksum = read_for_checksum (in_file_des,
+					   file_hdr.c_filesize,
+					   header->c_name);
+
+  write_out_header (&file_hdr, out_file_des);
+  copy_files_disk_to_tape (in_file_des, out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize, header->c_name);
+  warn_if_file_changed(header->c_name, file_hdr.c_filesize, file_hdr.c_mtime);
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  if (archive_format == arf_tar || archive_format == arf_ustar)
+    add_inode (file_hdr.c_ino, file_hdr.c_name, file_hdr.c_dev_maj,
+	       file_hdr.c_dev_min);
+#endif
+
+  tape_pad_output (out_file_des, file_hdr.c_filesize);
+
+  if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", header->c_name);
+  if (reset_time_flag)
+    {
+      times.actime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
+      times.modtime = file_hdr.c_mtime;
+      /* Debian hack: Silently ignore EROFS because reading the file
+         won't have upset its timestamp if it's on a read-only
+         filesystem.  This has been submitted as a suggestion to
+         "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  -BEM */
+      if (utime (file_hdr.c_name, &times) < 0
+	  && errno != EROFS)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", file_hdr.c_name);
+    }
+  return;
+}
+
diff --git a/src/copypass.c b/src/copypass.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a852a3d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/copypass.c
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/* copypass.c - cpio copy pass sub-function.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "filetypes.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "cpiohdr.h"
+#include "dstring.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
+#define lchown chown
+#endif
+
+/* Copy files listed on the standard input into directory `directory_name'.
+   If `link_flag', link instead of copying.  */
+
+void
+process_copy_pass ()
+{
+  dynamic_string input_name;	/* Name of file from stdin.  */
+  dynamic_string output_name;	/* Name of new file.  */
+  int dirname_len;		/* Length of `directory_name'.  */
+  int res;			/* Result of functions.  */
+  char *slash;			/* For moving past slashes in input name.  */
+  struct utimbuf times;		/* For resetting file times after copy.  */
+  struct stat in_file_stat;	/* Stat record for input file.  */
+  struct stat out_file_stat;	/* Stat record for output file.  */
+  int in_file_des;		/* Input file descriptor.  */
+  int out_file_des;		/* Output file descriptor.  */
+  int existing_dir;		/* True if file is a dir & already exists.  */
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+  int cdf_flag;
+  int cdf_char;
+#endif
+
+  /* Initialize the copy pass.  */
+  dirname_len = strlen (directory_name);
+  ds_init (&input_name, 128);
+  ds_init (&output_name, dirname_len + 2);
+  strcpy (output_name.ds_string, directory_name);
+  output_name.ds_string[dirname_len] = '/';
+  output_is_seekable = TRUE;
+  /* Initialize this in case it has members we don't know to set.  */
+  bzero (&times, sizeof (struct utimbuf));
+
+  /* Copy files with names read from stdin.  */
+  while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL)
+    {
+      int link_res = -1;
+
+      /* Check for blank line and ignore it if found.  */
+      if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("blank line ignored"));
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Check for current directory and ignore it if found.  */
+      if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '.'
+	  && (input_name.ds_string[1] == '\0'
+	      || (input_name.ds_string[1] == '/'
+		  && input_name.ds_string[2] == '\0')))
+	continue;
+
+      if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &in_file_stat) < 0)
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Make the name of the new file.  */
+      for (slash = input_name.ds_string; *slash == '/'; ++slash)
+	;
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+      /* For CDF's we add a 2nd `/' after all "hidden" directories.
+	 This kind of a kludge, but it's what we do when creating
+	 archives, and it's easier to do this than to separately
+	 keep track of which directories in a path are "hidden".  */
+      slash = add_cdf_double_slashes (slash);
+#endif
+      ds_resize (&output_name, dirname_len + strlen (slash) + 2);
+      strcpy (output_name.ds_string + dirname_len + 1, slash);
+
+      existing_dir = FALSE;
+      if (lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode)
+	      && S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode))
+	    {
+	      /* If there is already a directory there that
+		 we are trying to create, don't complain about it.  */
+	      existing_dir = TRUE;
+	    }
+	  else if (!unconditional_flag
+		   && in_file_stat.st_mtime <= out_file_stat.st_mtime)
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, _("%s not created: newer or same age version exists"),
+		     output_name.ds_string);
+	      continue;		/* Go to the next file.  */
+	    }
+	  else if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode)
+			? rmdir (output_name.ds_string)
+			: unlink (output_name.ds_string))
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot remove current %s"),
+		     output_name.ds_string);
+	      continue;		/* Go to the next file.  */
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Do the real copy or link.  */
+      if (S_ISREG (in_file_stat.st_mode))
+	{
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+	  /* Can the current file be linked to a another file?
+	     Set link_name to the original file name.  */
+	  if (link_flag)
+	    /* User said to link it if possible.  Try and link to
+	       the original copy.  If that fails we'll still try
+	       and link to a copy we've already made.  */
+	    link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string, 
+				     input_name.ds_string);
+	  if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) )
+	    link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string, 
+				major (in_file_stat.st_dev), 
+				minor (in_file_stat.st_dev), 
+				in_file_stat.st_ino);
+#endif
+
+	  /* If the file was not linked, copy contents of file.  */
+	  if (link_res < 0)
+	    {
+	      in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string,
+				  O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
+	      if (in_file_des < 0)
+		{
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string,
+				   O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
+	      if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+		{
+		  create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
+		  out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string,
+				       O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
+		}
+	      if (out_file_des < 0)
+		{
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+		  close (in_file_des);
+		  continue;
+		}
+
+	      copy_files_disk_to_disk (in_file_des, out_file_des, in_file_stat.st_size, input_name.ds_string);
+	      disk_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
+	      /* Debian hack to fix a bug in the --sparse option.
+                 This bug has been reported to
+                 "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  (96/7/10) -BEM */
+	      if (delayed_seek_count > 0)
+		{
+		  lseek (out_file_des, delayed_seek_count-1, SEEK_CUR);
+		  write (out_file_des, "", 1);
+		  delayed_seek_count = 0;
+		}
+	      if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
+		error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+	      if (close (out_file_des) < 0)
+		error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+
+	      /* Set the attributes of the new file.  */
+	      if (!no_chown_flag)
+		if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
+			    set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
+		      set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
+		    && errno != EPERM)
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+	      /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
+	      if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
+		error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+	      if (reset_time_flag)
+		{
+		  times.actime = in_file_stat.st_atime;
+		  times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
+		  /* Debian hack: Silently ignore EROFS because
+                     reading the file won't have upset its timestamp
+                     if it's on a read-only filesystem.  This has been
+                     submitted as a suggestion to
+                     "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  -BEM */
+		  if (utime (input_name.ds_string, &times) < 0
+		      && errno != EROFS)
+		    error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+		  if (utime (output_name.ds_string, &times) < 0
+		      && errno != EROFS)
+		    error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+		}
+	      if (retain_time_flag)
+		{
+		  times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
+		  if (utime (output_name.ds_string, &times) < 0)
+		    error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+		}
+	      warn_if_file_changed(input_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_size,
+                                   in_file_stat.st_mtime);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode))
+	{
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+	  cdf_flag = 0;
+#endif
+	  if (!existing_dir)
+	    {
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+	      /* If the directory name ends in a + and is SUID,
+		 then it is a CDF.  Strip the trailing + from the name
+		 before creating it.  */
+	      cdf_char = strlen (output_name.ds_string) - 1;
+	      if ( (cdf_char > 0) &&
+		   (in_file_stat.st_mode & 04000) &&
+		   (output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] == '+') )
+		{
+		  output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '\0';
+		  cdf_flag = 1;
+		}
+#endif
+	      res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
+
+	    }
+	  else
+	    res = 0;
+	  if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+	    {
+	      create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
+	      res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
+	    }
+	  if (res < 0)
+	    {
+	      /* In some odd cases where the output_name includes `.',
+	         the directory may have actually been created by
+	         create_all_directories(), so the mkdir will fail
+	         because the directory exists.  If that's the case,
+	         don't complain about it.  */
+	      if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
+      		   (lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) != 0) ||
+	           !(S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode) ) )
+		{
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+		  continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (!no_chown_flag)
+	    if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
+			set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
+		      set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
+		&& errno != EPERM)
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+	  /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
+	  if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
+	    error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+	  if (cdf_flag)
+	    /* Once we "hide" the directory with the chmod(),
+	       we have to refer to it using name+ isntead of name.  */
+	    output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '+';
+#endif
+	  if (retain_time_flag)
+	    {
+	      times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
+	      if (utime (output_name.ds_string, &times) < 0)
+		error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+	    }
+	}
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+      else if (S_ISCHR (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
+	       S_ISBLK (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
+#ifdef S_ISFIFO
+	       S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISSOCK
+	       S_ISSOCK (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
+#endif
+	       0)
+	{
+	  /* Can the current file be linked to a another file?
+	     Set link_name to the original file name.  */
+	  if (link_flag)
+	    /* User said to link it if possible.  */
+	    link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string, 
+				     input_name.ds_string);
+	  if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) )
+	    link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string, 
+			major (in_file_stat.st_dev),
+			minor (in_file_stat.st_dev),
+			in_file_stat.st_ino);
+
+	  if (link_res < 0)
+	    {
+	      res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode,
+			   in_file_stat.st_rdev);
+	      if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+		{
+		  create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
+		  res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode,
+			       in_file_stat.st_rdev);
+		}
+	      if (res < 0)
+		{
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      if (!no_chown_flag)
+		if ((chown (output_name.ds_string,
+			    set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
+			  set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
+		    && errno != EPERM)
+		  error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+	      /* chown may have turned off some permissions we wanted. */
+	      if (chmod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode) < 0)
+		error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+	      if (retain_time_flag)
+		{
+		  times.actime = times.modtime = in_file_stat.st_mtime;
+		  if (utime (output_name.ds_string, &times) < 0)
+		    error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+      else if (S_ISLNK (in_file_stat.st_mode))
+	{
+	  char *link_name;
+	  int link_size;
+	  link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) in_file_stat.st_size + 1);
+
+	  link_size = readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name,
+			        in_file_stat.st_size);
+	  if (link_size < 0)
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", input_name.ds_string);
+	      free (link_name);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  link_name[link_size] = '\0';
+
+	  res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string,
+				 in_file_stat.st_mode);
+	  if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+	    {
+	      create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
+	      res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string,
+				     in_file_stat.st_mode);
+	    }
+	  if (res < 0)
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+	      free (link_name);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Set the attributes of the new link.  */
+	  if (!no_chown_flag)
+	    if ((lchown (output_name.ds_string,
+			 set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid,
+		      set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid) < 0)
+		&& errno != EPERM)
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", output_name.ds_string);
+	  free (link_name);
+	}
+#endif
+      else
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s: unknown file type"), input_name.ds_string);
+	}
+
+      if (verbose_flag)
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", output_name.ds_string);
+      if (dot_flag)
+	fputc ('.', stderr);
+    }
+
+  if (dot_flag)
+    fputc ('\n', stderr);
+  if (!quiet_flag)
+    {
+      res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
+      fprintf (stderr, ngettext ("%d block\n", "%d blocks\n", res), res);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Try and create a hard link from FILE_NAME to another file 
+   with the given major/minor device number and inode.  If no other
+   file with the same major/minor/inode numbers is known, add this file
+   to the list of known files and associated major/minor/inode numbers
+   and return -1.  If another file with the same major/minor/inode
+   numbers is found, try and create another link to it using
+   link_to_name, and return 0 for success and -1 for failure.  */
+
+int
+link_to_maj_min_ino (file_name, st_dev_maj, st_dev_min, st_ino)
+  char *file_name;
+  int st_dev_maj;
+  int st_dev_min;
+  int st_ino;
+{
+  int	link_res;
+  char *link_name;
+  link_res = -1;
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  /* Is the file a link to a previously copied file?  */
+  link_name = find_inode_file (st_ino,
+			       st_dev_maj,
+			       st_dev_min);
+  if (link_name == NULL)
+    add_inode (st_ino, file_name,
+	       st_dev_maj,
+	       st_dev_min);
+  else
+    link_res = link_to_name (file_name, link_name);
+#endif
+  return link_res;
+}
+
+/* Try and create a hard link from LINK_NAME to LINK_TARGET.  If
+   `create_dir_flag' is set, any non-existent (parent) directories 
+   needed by LINK_NAME will be created.  If the link is successfully
+   created and `verbose_flag' is set, print "LINK_TARGET linked to LINK_NAME\n".
+   If the link can not be created and `link_flag' is set, print
+   "cannot link LINK_TARGET to LINK_NAME\n".  Return 0 if the link
+   is created, -1 otherwise.  */
+
+int
+link_to_name (link_name, link_target)
+  char *link_name;
+  char *link_target;
+{
+  int res;
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+  res = -1;
+#else /* not __MSDOS__ */
+  res = link (link_target, link_name);
+  if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
+    {
+      create_all_directories (link_name);
+      res = link (link_target, link_name);
+    }
+  if (res == 0)
+    {
+      if (verbose_flag)
+	error (0, 0, _("%s linked to %s"),
+	       link_target, link_name);
+    }
+  else if (link_flag)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, _("cannot link %s to %s"),
+	     link_target, link_name);
+    }
+#endif /* not __MSDOS__ */
+  return res;
+}
diff --git a/src/cpio.h b/src/cpio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3861ab0
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/cpio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Extended cpio format from POSIX.1.
+   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _CPIO_H
+
+#define _CPIO_H 1
+
+/* A cpio archive consists of a sequence of files.
+   Each file has a 76 byte header,
+   a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
+   and variable length file data.
+   A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive.  */
+
+/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
+   of octal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated.
+
+   Field Name	Length in Bytes	Notes
+   c_magic	6		must be "070707"
+   c_dev	6
+   c_ino	6
+   c_mode	6		see below for value
+   c_uid	6
+   c_gid	6
+   c_nlink	6
+   c_rdev	6		only valid for chr and blk special files
+   c_mtime	11
+   c_namesize	6		count includes terminating NUL in pathname
+   c_filesize	11		must be 0 for FIFOs and directories  */
+
+/* Values for c_mode, OR'd together: */
+
+#define C_IRUSR		000400
+#define C_IWUSR		000200
+#define C_IXUSR		000100
+#define C_IRGRP		000040
+#define C_IWGRP		000020
+#define C_IXGRP		000010
+#define C_IROTH		000004
+#define C_IWOTH		000002
+#define C_IXOTH		000001
+
+#define C_ISUID		004000
+#define C_ISGID		002000
+#define C_ISVTX		001000
+
+#define C_ISBLK		060000
+#define C_ISCHR		020000
+#define C_ISDIR		040000
+#define C_ISFIFO	010000
+#define C_ISSOCK	0140000
+#define C_ISLNK		0120000
+#define C_ISCTG		0110000
+#define C_ISREG		0100000
+
+#endif /* cpio.h */
diff --git a/src/cpiohdr.h b/src/cpiohdr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3943b4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/cpiohdr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* Extended cpio header from POSIX.1.
+   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _CPIOHDR_H
+
+#define _CPIOHDR_H 1
+
+#include <cpio.h>
+
+struct old_cpio_header
+{
+  unsigned short c_magic;
+  short c_dev;
+  unsigned short c_ino;
+  unsigned short c_mode;
+  unsigned short c_uid;
+  unsigned short c_gid;
+  unsigned short c_nlink;
+  short c_rdev;
+  unsigned short c_mtimes[2];
+  unsigned short c_namesize;
+  unsigned short c_filesizes[2];
+  unsigned long c_mtime;	/* Long-aligned copy of `c_mtimes'. */
+  unsigned long c_filesize;	/* Long-aligned copy of `c_filesizes'. */
+  char *c_name;
+};
+
+/* "New" portable format and CRC format:
+
+   Each file has a 110 byte header,
+   a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
+   and variable length file data.
+   A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive.  */
+
+/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
+   of hexadecimal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated.
+
+   Field Name	Length in Bytes	Notes
+   c_magic	6		"070701" for "new" portable format
+				"070702" for CRC format
+   c_ino	8
+   c_mode	8
+   c_uid	8
+   c_gid	8
+   c_nlink	8
+   c_mtime	8
+   c_filesize	8		must be 0 for FIFOs and directories
+   c_maj	8
+   c_min	8
+   c_rmaj	8		only valid for chr and blk special files
+   c_rmin	8		only valid for chr and blk special files
+   c_namesize	8		count includes terminating NUL in pathname
+   c_chksum	8		0 for "new" portable format; for CRC format
+				the sum of all the bytes in the file  */
+
+struct new_cpio_header
+{
+  unsigned short c_magic;
+  unsigned long c_ino;
+  unsigned long c_mode;
+  unsigned long c_uid;
+  unsigned long c_gid;
+  unsigned long c_nlink;
+  unsigned long c_mtime;
+  unsigned long c_filesize;
+  long c_dev_maj;
+  long c_dev_min;
+  long c_rdev_maj;
+  long c_rdev_min;
+  unsigned long c_namesize;
+  unsigned long c_chksum;
+  char *c_name;
+  char *c_tar_linkname;
+};
+
+#endif /* cpiohdr.h */
diff --git a/src/defer.c b/src/defer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..458cad8
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/defer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* defer.c - handle "defered" links in newc and crc archives
+   Copyright (C) 1993,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "system.h"
+#include "cpiohdr.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "defer.h"
+
+struct deferment *
+create_deferment (file_hdr)
+  struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+{
+  struct deferment *d;
+  d = (struct deferment *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct deferment) );
+  d->header = *file_hdr;
+  d->header.c_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (file_hdr->c_name) + 1);
+  strcpy (d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name);
+  return d;
+}
+
+void
+free_deferment (d)
+  struct deferment *d;
+{
+  free (d->header.c_name);
+  free (d);
+}
diff --git a/src/defer.h b/src/defer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2907fa4
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/defer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* defer.h
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+struct deferment
+  {
+    struct deferment *next;
+    struct new_cpio_header header;
+  };
+
+struct deferment *create_deferment P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr));
+void free_deferment P_((struct deferment *d));
diff --git a/src/dirname.c b/src/dirname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c11c76
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/dirname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
+   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *malloc ();
+#endif
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#ifndef strrchr
+#define strrchr rindex
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
+   Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
+   removed.  */
+
+char *
+dirname (path)
+     char *path;
+{
+  char *newpath;
+  char *slash;
+  int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
+
+  slash = strrchr (path, '/');
+  if (slash == 0)
+    {
+      /* File is in the current directory.  */
+      path = ".";
+      length = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  */
+      while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
+	--slash;
+
+      length = slash - path + 1;
+    }
+  newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
+  if (newpath == 0)
+    return 0;
+  strncpy (newpath, path, length);
+  newpath[length] = 0;
+  return newpath;
+}
diff --git a/src/dstring.c b/src/dstring.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..981a452
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/dstring.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* dstring.c - The dynamic string handling routines used by cpio.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#include "dstring.h"
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define P_(s) s
+#else
+# define P_(s) ()
+#endif
+char *xmalloc P_((unsigned n));
+char *xrealloc P_((char *p, unsigned n));
+
+/* Initialiaze dynamic string STRING with space for SIZE characters.  */
+
+void
+ds_init (string, size)
+     dynamic_string *string;
+     int size;
+{
+  string->ds_length = size;
+  string->ds_string = (char *) xmalloc (size);
+}
+
+/* Expand dynamic string STRING, if necessary, to hold SIZE characters.  */
+
+void
+ds_resize (string, size)
+     dynamic_string *string;
+     int size;
+{
+  if (size > string->ds_length)
+    {
+      string->ds_length = size;
+      string->ds_string = (char *) xrealloc ((char *) string->ds_string, size);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Dynamic string S gets a string terminated by the EOS character
+   (which is removed) from file F.  S will increase
+   in size during the function if the string from F is longer than
+   the current size of S.
+   Return NULL if end of file is detected.  Otherwise,
+   Return a pointer to the null-terminated string in S.  */
+
+char *
+ds_fgetstr (f, s, eos)
+     FILE *f;
+     dynamic_string *s;
+     char eos;
+{
+  int insize;			/* Amount needed for line.  */
+  int strsize;			/* Amount allocated for S.  */
+  int next_ch;
+
+  /* Initialize.  */
+  insize = 0;
+  strsize = s->ds_length;
+
+  /* Read the input string.  */
+  next_ch = getc (f);
+  while (next_ch != eos && next_ch != EOF)
+    {
+      if (insize >= strsize - 1)
+	{
+	  ds_resize (s, strsize * 2 + 2);
+	  strsize = s->ds_length;
+	}
+      s->ds_string[insize++] = next_ch;
+      next_ch = getc (f);
+    }
+  s->ds_string[insize++] = '\0';
+
+  if (insize == 1 && next_ch == EOF)
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    return s->ds_string;
+}
+
+char *
+ds_fgets (f, s)
+     FILE *f;
+     dynamic_string *s;
+{
+  return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\n');
+}
+
+char *
+ds_fgetname (f, s)
+     FILE *f;
+     dynamic_string *s;
+{
+  return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\0');
+}
diff --git a/src/dstring.h b/src/dstring.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..515ee29
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/dstring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* dstring.h - Dynamic string handling include file.  Requires strings.h.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/* A dynamic string consists of record that records the size of an
+   allocated string and the pointer to that string.  The actual string
+   is a normal zero byte terminated string that can be used with the
+   usual string functions.  The major difference is that the
+   dynamic_string routines know how to get more space if it is needed
+   by allocating new space and copying the current string.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  int ds_length;		/* Actual amount of storage allocated.  */
+  char *ds_string;		/* String.  */
+} dynamic_string;
+
+
+/* Macros that look similar to the original string functions.
+   WARNING:  These macros work only on pointers to dynamic string records.
+   If used with a real record, an "&" must be used to get the pointer.  */
+#define ds_strlen(s)		strlen ((s)->ds_string)
+#define ds_strcmp(s1, s2)	strcmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string)
+#define ds_strncmp(s1, s2, n)	strncmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string, n)
+#define ds_index(s, c)		index ((s)->ds_string, c)
+#define ds_rindex(s, c)		rindex ((s)->ds_string, c)
+
+void ds_init ();
+void ds_resize ();
+char *ds_fgetname ();
+char *ds_fgets ();
+char *ds_fgetstr ();
diff --git a/src/error.c b/src/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5daafd8
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "system.h"
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+extern const char *strerror (int en);
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
+# if __STDC__
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
+# else
+#  include <varargs.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
+# endif
+#else
+# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
+# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
+#endif
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) () = NULL;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+#endif
+
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+/* VARARGS */
+
+void
+#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
+     int status;
+     int errnum;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+      fflush (stdout);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+# else
+  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
+# endif
+  va_end (args);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+#endif
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+
+  if (errnum)
+    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
diff --git a/src/extern.h b/src/extern.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dfcc5e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/extern.h
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/* extern.h - External declarations for cpio.  Requires system.h.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+enum archive_format
+{
+  arf_unknown, arf_binary, arf_oldascii, arf_newascii, arf_crcascii,
+  arf_tar, arf_ustar, arf_hpoldascii, arf_hpbinary
+};
+extern enum archive_format archive_format;
+extern int reset_time_flag;
+extern int io_block_size;
+extern int create_dir_flag;
+extern int rename_flag;
+extern char *rename_batch_file;
+extern int table_flag;
+extern int unconditional_flag;
+extern int verbose_flag;
+extern int dot_flag;
+extern int link_flag;
+extern int retain_time_flag;
+extern int crc_i_flag;
+extern int append_flag;
+extern int swap_bytes_flag;
+extern int swap_halfwords_flag;
+extern int swapping_bytes;
+extern int swapping_halfwords;
+extern int set_owner_flag;
+extern uid_t set_owner;
+extern int set_group_flag;
+extern gid_t set_group;
+extern int no_chown_flag;
+extern int sparse_flag;
+extern int quiet_flag;
+extern int only_verify_crc_flag;
+extern int no_abs_paths_flag;
+
+extern int last_header_start;
+extern int copy_matching_files;
+extern int numeric_uid;
+extern char *pattern_file_name;
+extern char *new_media_message;
+extern char *new_media_message_with_number;
+extern char *new_media_message_after_number;
+extern int archive_des;
+extern char *archive_name;
+extern char *rsh_command_option;
+extern unsigned long crc;
+extern int delayed_seek_count;
+#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
+extern int debug_flag;
+#endif
+
+extern char *input_buffer, *output_buffer;
+extern char *in_buff, *out_buff;
+extern long input_buffer_size;
+extern long input_size, output_size;
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+extern long long input_bytes, output_bytes;
+#else
+extern long input_bytes, output_bytes;
+#endif
+extern char zeros_512[];
+extern char *directory_name;
+extern char **save_patterns;
+extern int num_patterns;
+extern char name_end;
+extern char input_is_special;
+extern char output_is_special;
+extern char input_is_seekable;
+extern char output_is_seekable;
+extern int f_force_local;
+extern char *program_name;
+extern int (*xstat) ();
+extern void (*copy_function) ();
+
+#if __STDC__ || defined(__MSDOS__)
+# define P_(s) s
+#else
+# define P_(s) ()
+#endif
+
+/* copyin.c */
+void read_in_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
+void read_in_old_ascii P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
+void read_in_new_ascii P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
+void read_in_binary P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
+void swab_array P_((char *arg, int count));
+void process_copy_in P_((void));
+void long_format P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, char *link_name));
+void print_name_with_quoting P_((char *p));
+
+/* copyout.c */
+void write_out_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int out_des));
+void process_copy_out P_((void));
+
+/* copypass.c */
+void process_copy_pass P_((void));
+int link_to_maj_min_ino P_((char *file_name, int st_dev_maj, 
+			    int st_dev_min, int st_ino));
+int link_to_name P_((char *link_name, char *link_target));
+
+/* dirname.c */
+char *dirname P_((char *path));
+
+/* error.c */
+void error P_((int status, int errnum, char *message, ...));
+
+/* filemode.c */
+void mode_string P_((unsigned int mode, char *str));
+
+/* idcache.c */
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+char *getgroup ();
+char *getuser ();
+uid_t *getuidbyname ();
+gid_t *getgidbyname ();
+#endif
+
+/* main.c */
+void process_args P_((int argc, char *argv[]));
+void initialize_buffers P_((void));
+
+/* makepath.c */
+int make_path P_((char *argpath, int mode, int parent_mode,
+		  uid_t owner, gid_t group, char *verbose_fmt_string));
+
+/* stripslash.c */
+void strip_trailing_slashes P_((char *path));
+
+/* tar.c */
+void write_out_tar_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int out_des));
+int null_block P_((long *block, int size));
+void read_in_tar_header P_((struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr, int in_des));
+int otoa P_((char *s, unsigned long *n));
+int is_tar_header P_((char *buf));
+int is_tar_filename_too_long P_((char *name));
+
+/* userspec.c */
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+char *parse_user_spec P_((char *name, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
+			  char **username, char **groupname));
+#endif
+
+/* util.c */
+void tape_empty_output_buffer P_((int out_des));
+void disk_empty_output_buffer P_((int out_des));
+void swahw_array P_((char *ptr, int count));
+void tape_buffered_write P_((char *in_buf, int out_des, long num_bytes));
+void tape_buffered_read P_((char *in_buf, int in_des, long num_bytes));
+int tape_buffered_peek P_((char *peek_buf, int in_des, int num_bytes));
+void tape_toss_input P_((int in_des, long num_bytes));
+void copy_files_tape_to_disk P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes));
+void copy_files_disk_to_tape P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes, char *filename));
+void copy_files_disk_to_disk P_((int in_des, int out_des, long num_bytes, char *filename));
+void warn_if_file_changed P_((char *file_name, unsigned long old_file_size,
+                              unsigned long old_file_mtime));
+void create_all_directories P_((char *name));
+void prepare_append P_((int out_file_des));
+char *find_inode_file P_((unsigned long node_num,
+			  unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num));
+void add_inode P_((unsigned long node_num, char *file_name,
+		   unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num));
+int open_archive P_((char *file));
+void tape_offline P_((int tape_des));
+void get_next_reel P_((int tape_des));
+void set_new_media_message P_((char *message));
+#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+int chown P_((char *path, int owner, int group));
+#endif
+#ifdef __TURBOC__
+int utime P_((char *filename, struct utimbuf *utb));
+#endif
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+char *add_cdf_double_slashes P_((char *filename));
+#endif
+
+/* xmalloc.c */
+char *xmalloc P_((unsigned n));
+char *xrealloc P_((char *p, unsigned n));
+
+/* xstrdup.c */
+char *xstrdup P_((char *string));
+
+#define DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE	(512)
diff --git a/src/filemode.c b/src/filemode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49f3d5f
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/filemode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# if S_IREAD
+#  define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+# else
+#  define S_IRUSR 00400
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# if S_IWRITE
+#  define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+# else
+#  define S_IWUSR 00200
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# if S_IEXEC
+#  define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+# else
+#  define S_IXUSR 00100
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+#undef S_ISBLK
+#undef S_ISCHR
+#undef S_ISDIR
+#undef S_ISFIFO
+#undef S_ISLNK
+#undef S_ISMPB
+#undef S_ISMPC
+#undef S_ISNWK
+#undef S_ISREG
+#undef S_ISSOCK
+#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+
+#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
+#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
+#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
+#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
+#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
+#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
+#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
+#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
+#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+#endif
+
+void mode_string ();
+static char ftypelet ();
+static void rwx ();
+static void setst ();
+
+/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
+   representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
+   10 characters are stored in STR; no terminating null is added.
+   The characters stored in STR are:
+
+   0	File type.  'd' for directory, 'c' for character
+	special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex,
+	'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo,
+	'-' for regular, '?' for any other file type
+
+   1	'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   2	'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   3	'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
+	bit isn't set.
+
+   4	'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   5	'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   6	'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
+
+   7	'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   8	'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   9	'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
+	(will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
+	otherwise.
+	'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.  */
+
+void
+filemodestring (statp, str)
+     struct stat *statp;
+     char *str;
+{
+  mode_string (statp->st_mode, str);
+}
+
+/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
+   is given as an argument.  */
+
+void
+mode_string (mode, str)
+     unsigned short mode;
+     char *str;
+{
+  str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
+  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
+  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
+  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
+  setst (mode, str);
+}
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   'd' for directories
+   'b' for block special files
+   'c' for character special files
+   'm' for multiplexor files
+   'l' for symbolic links
+   's' for sockets
+   'p' for fifos
+   '-' for regular files
+   '?' for any other file type.  */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (bits)
+     long bits;
+{
+#ifdef S_ISBLK
+  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
+    return 'b';
+#endif
+  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
+    return 'c';
+  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
+    return 'd';
+  if (S_ISREG (bits))
+    return '-';
+#ifdef S_ISFIFO
+  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
+    return 'p';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
+    return 'l';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISSOCK
+  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
+    return 's';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISMPC
+  if (S_ISMPC (bits))
+    return 'm';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISNWK
+  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
+    return 'n';
+#endif
+  return '?';
+}
+
+/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
+   flags in CHARS accordingly.  */
+
+static void
+rwx (bits, chars)
+     unsigned short bits;
+     char *chars;
+{
+  chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
+  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
+  chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
+}
+
+/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
+   according to the file mode BITS.  */
+
+static void
+setst (bits, chars)
+     unsigned short bits;
+     char *chars;
+{
+#ifdef S_ISUID
+  if (bits & S_ISUID)
+    {
+      if (chars[3] != 'x')
+	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner.  */
+	chars[3] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[3] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISGID
+  if (bits & S_ISGID)
+    {
+      if (chars[6] != 'x')
+	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group.  */
+	chars[6] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[6] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
+  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
+    {
+      if (chars[9] != 'x')
+	/* Sticky, but not executable by others.  */
+	chars[9] = 'T';
+      else
+	chars[9] = 't';
+    }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/src/filetypes.h b/src/filetypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f785a1
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/filetypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* filetypes.h - deal with POSIX annoyances
+   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Include sys/types.h and sys/stat.h before this file.  */
+
+#ifndef S_ISREG			/* Doesn't have POSIX.1 stat stuff.  */
+#define mode_t unsigned short
+#endif
+
+/* Define the POSIX macros for systems that lack them.  */
+#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
+#define	S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
+#define	S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#define	S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
+#define	S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
+#define	S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
+#define	S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
+#define	S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX network special */
+#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+#endif
+
+/* Define the file type bits used in cpio archives.
+   They have the same values as the S_IF bits in traditional Unix.  */
+
+#define	CP_IFMT 0170000		/* Mask for all file type bits.  */
+
+#if defined(S_ISBLK)
+#define CP_IFBLK 0060000
+#endif
+#if defined(S_ISCHR)
+#define CP_IFCHR 0020000
+#endif
+#if defined(S_ISDIR)
+#define CP_IFDIR 0040000
+#endif
+#if defined(S_ISREG)
+#define CP_IFREG 0100000
+#endif
+#if defined(S_ISFIFO)
+#define CP_IFIFO 0010000
+#endif
+#if defined(S_ISLNK)
+#define CP_IFLNK 0120000
+#endif
+#if defined(S_ISSOCK)
+#define CP_IFSOCK 0140000
+#endif
+#if defined(S_ISNWK)
+#define CP_IFNWK 0110000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+#define lstat stat
+#endif
+int lstat ();
+int stat ();
diff --git a/src/fnmatch.c b/src/fnmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c205e2d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/fnmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
+   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
+int
+fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
+     const char *pattern;
+     const char *string;
+     int flags;
+{
+  register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
+  register char c;
+
+/* Note that this evalutes C many times.  */
+#define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && isupper (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+
+  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
+    {
+      c = FOLD (c);
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '?':
+	  if (*n == '\0')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+		   (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '\\':
+	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+	    {
+	      c = *p++;
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	    }
+	  if (FOLD (*n) != c)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case '*':
+	  if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n)
+	    if (((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') ||
+		(c == '?' && *n == '\0'))
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  if (c == '\0')
+	    return 0;
+
+	  {
+	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
+	    c1 = FOLD (c1);
+	    for (--p; *n != '\0'; ++n)
+	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
+		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
+		return 0;
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+
+	case '[':
+	  {
+	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
+	    register int not;
+
+	    if (*n == '\0')
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
+		(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    not = (*p == '!' || *p == '^');
+	    if (not)
+	      ++p;
+
+	    c = *p++;
+	    for (;;)
+	      {
+		register char cstart = c, cend = c;
+
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
+		  cstart = cend = *p++;
+
+		cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
+
+		if (c == '\0')
+		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		c = *p++;
+		c = FOLD (c);
+
+		if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && c == '/')
+		  /* [/] can never match.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
+		  {
+		    cend = *p++;
+		    if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
+		      cend = *p++;
+		    if (cend == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cend = FOLD (cend);
+
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+
+		if (FOLD (*n) >= cstart && FOLD (*n) <= cend)
+		  goto matched;
+
+		if (c == ']')
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    if (!not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	    break;
+
+	  matched:;
+	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
+	    while (c != ']')
+	      {
+		if (c == '\0')
+		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		c = *p++;
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
+		  /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		  ++p;
+	      }
+	    if (not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  if (c != FOLD (*n))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	}
+
+      ++n;
+    }
+
+  if (*n == '\0')
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
+    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
+    return 0;
+
+  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
diff --git a/src/fnmatch.h b/src/fnmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578aca1
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/fnmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
+
+#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(protos)	protos
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+#undef	__P
+#define	__P(protos)	()
+/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
+   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
+   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef	FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
+#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
+#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
+#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+#define	FNM_FILE_NAME	FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name.  */
+#define	FNM_LEADING_DIR	(1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
+#define	FNM_CASEFOLD	(1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case.  */
+#endif
+
+/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
+#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
+   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
+extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string,
+			 int __flags));
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* fnmatch.h */
diff --git a/src/getopt.c b/src/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4701b0
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+   before changing it!
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
+   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
+#ifndef _NO_PROTO
+#define _NO_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
+   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+
+#ifndef _
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
+   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#else
+# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
+   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
+   Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg = NULL;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 0;
+
+/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+   in which the last option character we returned was found.
+   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+static char *nextchar;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+   If the caller did not specify anything,
+   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+   This is what Unix does.
+   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+   of the list of option characters.
+
+   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
+   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
+   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
+   expect this.
+
+   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
+   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
+   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
+   selects this mode of operation.
+
+   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+static enum
+{
+  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+} ordering;
+
+/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
+static char *posixly_correct;
+
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
+   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
+   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
+   in GCC.  */
+#include <string.h>
+#define	my_index	strchr
+#else
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+char *getenv ();
+
+static char *
+my_index (str, chr)
+     const char *str;
+     int chr;
+{
+  while (*str)
+    {
+      if (*str == chr)
+	return (char *) str;
+      str++;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
+   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
+   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
+#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
+   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
+extern int strlen (const char *);
+#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
+   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+static int first_nonopt;
+static int last_nonopt;
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (argv)
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int bottom = first_nonopt;
+  int middle = last_nonopt;
+  int top = optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+	{
+	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = middle - bottom;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+	  top -= len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = top - middle;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+	  bottom += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
+  last_nonopt = optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (optstring)
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
+
+  nextchar = NULL;
+
+  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (posixly_correct != NULL)
+    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
+   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+   if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+     const struct option *longopts;
+     int *longind;
+     int long_only;
+{
+  optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (optind == 0)
+    {
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
+      optind = 1;		/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+    }
+
+  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
+	{
+	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+
+	  /* Skip any additional non-options
+	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+	  while (optind < argc
+		 && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	    optind++;
+	  last_nonopt = optind;
+	}
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+	 Skip it like a null option,
+	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
+	{
+	  optind++;
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+	  last_nonopt = argc;
+
+	  optind = argc;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (optind == argc)
+	{
+	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
+	    optind = first_nonopt;
+	  return EOF;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	{
+	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+	    return EOF;
+	  optarg = argv[optind++];
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
+		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int ambig = 0;
+      int indfound;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+	 or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+	  {
+	    if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
+	      {
+		/* Exact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+		exact = 1;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound == NULL)
+	      {
+		/* First nonexact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+	      ambig = 1;
+	  }
+
+      if (ambig && !exact)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  optind++;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+	{
+	  option_index = indfound;
+	  optind++;
+	  if (*nameend)
+	    {
+	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+	      if (pfound->has_arg)
+		optarg = nameend + 1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+		    /* --option */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], pfound->name);
+		   else
+		    /* +option or -option */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  return '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	    {
+	      if (optind < argc)
+		optarg = argv[optind++];
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  if (longind != NULL)
+	    *longind = option_index;
+	  if (pfound->flag)
+	    {
+	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+	  return pfound->val;
+	}
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+	 option, then it's an error.
+	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    {
+	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
+		/* --option */
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+			 argv[0], nextchar);
+	      else
+		/* +option or -option */
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+	    }
+	  nextchar = (char *) "";
+	  optind++;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *nextchar++;
+    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*nextchar == '\0')
+      ++optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+      {
+	if (opterr)
+	  {
+	    if (posixly_correct)
+	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+		       argv[0], c);
+	    else
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+		       argv[0], c);
+	  }
+	optopt = c;
+	return '?';
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+	if (temp[2] == ':')
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      optarg = NULL;
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else if (optind == argc)
+	      {
+		if (opterr)
+		  {
+		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			   argv[0], c);
+		  }
+		optopt = c;
+		if (optstring[0] == ':')
+		  c = ':';
+		else
+		  c = '?';
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	      optarg = argv[optind++];
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+			   (const struct option *) 0,
+			   (int *) 0,
+			   0);
+}
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == EOF)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/src/getopt.h b/src/getopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cd4d1e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/getopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  const char *name;
+#else
+  char *name;
+#endif
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+#define	no_argument		0
+#define required_argument	1
+#define optional_argument	2
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
+   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
+extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
+#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
+		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
+			     const char *shortopts,
+		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+
+/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
+extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
+			     const char *shortopts,
+		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+			     int long_only);
+#else /* not __STDC__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+extern int getopt_long ();
+extern int getopt_long_only ();
+
+extern int _getopt_internal ();
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/src/getopt1.c b/src/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52c5321
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
+}
+
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+		       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == EOF)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+	  if (optarg)
+	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/src/gettext.h b/src/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..835732e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/src/global.c b/src/global.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f2bd47
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/global.c
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/* global.c - global variables and initial values for cpio.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "cpiohdr.h"
+#include "dstring.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+
+/* If TRUE, reset access times after reading files (-a).  */
+int reset_time_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* Block size value, initially 512.  -B sets to 5120.  */
+int io_block_size = 512;
+
+/* The header format to recognize and produce.  */
+enum archive_format archive_format = arf_unknown;
+
+/* If TRUE, create directories as needed. (-d with -i or -p) */
+int create_dir_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, interactively rename files. (-r) */
+int rename_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If non-NULL, the name of a file that will be read to
+   rename all of the files in the archive.  --rename-batch-file.  */
+char *rename_batch_file = NULL;
+
+/* If TRUE, print a table of contents of input. (-t) */
+int table_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, copy unconditionally (older replaces newer). (-u) */
+int unconditional_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, list the files processed, or ls -l style output with -t. (-v) */
+int verbose_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, print a . for each file processed. (-V) */
+int dot_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, link files whenever possible.  Used with -p option. (-l) */
+int link_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, retain previous file modification time. (-m) */
+int retain_time_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* Set TRUE if crc_flag is TRUE and we are doing a cpio -i.  Used
+   by copy_files so it knows whether to compute the crc.  */
+int crc_i_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, append to end of archive. (-A) */
+int append_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, swap bytes of each file during cpio -i.  */
+int swap_bytes_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, swap halfwords of each file during cpio -i.  */
+int swap_halfwords_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, we are swapping halfwords on the current file.  */
+int swapping_halfwords = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, we are swapping bytes on the current file.  */
+int swapping_bytes = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, set ownership of all files to UID `set_owner'.  */
+int set_owner_flag = FALSE;
+uid_t set_owner;
+
+/* If TRUE, set group ownership of all files to GID `set_group'.  */
+int set_group_flag = FALSE;
+gid_t set_group;
+
+/* If TRUE, do not chown the files.  */
+int no_chown_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, try to write sparse ("holey") files.  */
+int sparse_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, don't report number of blocks copied.  */
+int quiet_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, only read the archive and verify the files' CRC's, don't
+   actually extract the files. */
+int only_verify_crc_flag = FALSE;
+
+/* If TRUE, don't use any absolute paths, prefix them by `./'.  */
+int no_abs_paths_flag = FALSE;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
+/* If TRUE, print debugging information.  */
+int debug_flag = FALSE;
+#endif
+
+/* File position of last header read.  Only used during -A to determine
+   where the old TRAILER!!! record started.  */
+int last_header_start = 0;
+
+/* With -i; if TRUE, copy only files that match any of the given patterns;
+   if FALSE, copy only files that do not match any of the patterns. (-f) */
+int copy_matching_files = TRUE;
+
+/* With -itv; if TRUE, list numeric uid and gid instead of translating them
+   into names.  */
+int numeric_uid = FALSE;
+
+/* Name of file containing additional patterns (-E).  */
+char *pattern_file_name = NULL;
+
+/* Message to print when end of medium is reached (-M).  */
+char *new_media_message = NULL;
+
+/* With -M with %d, message to print when end of medium is reached.  */
+char *new_media_message_with_number = NULL;
+char *new_media_message_after_number = NULL;
+
+/* File descriptor containing the archive.  */
+int archive_des;
+
+/* Name of file containing the archive, if known; NULL if stdin/out.  */
+char *archive_name = NULL;
+
+/* Name of the remote shell command, if known; NULL otherwise.  */
+char *rsh_command_option = NULL;
+
+/* CRC checksum.  */
+unsigned long crc;
+
+/* Input and output buffers.  */
+char *input_buffer, *output_buffer;
+
+/* The size of the input buffer.  */
+long input_buffer_size;
+
+/* Current locations in `input_buffer' and `output_buffer'.  */
+char *in_buff, *out_buff;
+
+/* Current number of bytes stored at `input_buff' and `output_buff'.  */
+long input_size, output_size;
+
+/* Total number of bytes read and written for all files.  
+   Now that many tape drives hold more than 4Gb we need more than 32
+   bits to hold input_bytes and output_bytes.  But it's not worth
+   the trouble of adding special multi-precision arithmetic if the 
+   compiler doesn't support 64 bit ints since input_bytes and
+   output_bytes are only used to print the number of blocks copied.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+long long input_bytes, output_bytes;
+#else
+long input_bytes, output_bytes;
+#endif
+
+/* 512 bytes of 0; used for various padding operations.  */
+char zeros_512[512];
+
+/* Saving of argument values for later reference.  */
+char *directory_name = NULL;
+char **save_patterns;
+int num_patterns;
+
+/* Character that terminates file names read from stdin.  */
+char name_end = '\n';
+
+/* TRUE if input (cpio -i) or output (cpio -o) is a device node.  */
+char input_is_special = FALSE;
+char output_is_special = FALSE;
+
+/* TRUE if lseek works on the input.  */
+char input_is_seekable = FALSE;
+
+/* TRUE if lseek works on the output.  */
+char output_is_seekable = FALSE;
+
+/* If nonzero, don't consider file names that contain a `:' to be
+   on remote hosts; all files are local.  */
+int f_force_local = 0;
+
+/* The name this program was run with.  */
+char *program_name;
+
+/* A pointer to either lstat or stat, depending on whether
+   dereferencing of symlinks is done for input files.  */
+int (*xstat) ();
+
+/* Which copy operation to perform. (-i, -o, -p) */
+void (*copy_function) () = 0;
diff --git a/src/idcache.c b/src/idcache.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03a5e4d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/idcache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
+struct passwd *getpwuid ();
+struct passwd *getpwnam ();
+struct group *getgrgid ();
+struct group *getgrnam ();
+#endif
+
+char *xmalloc ();
+char *xstrdup ();
+
+struct userid
+{
+  union
+    {
+      uid_t u;
+      gid_t g;
+    } id;
+  char *name;
+  struct userid *next;
+};
+
+static struct userid *user_alist;
+
+/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file.  */
+static struct userid *nouser_alist;
+
+/* Translate UID to a login name or a stringified number,
+   with cache.  */
+
+char *
+getuser (uid)
+     uid_t uid;
+{
+  register struct userid *tail;
+  struct passwd *pwent;
+  char usernum_string[20];
+
+  for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    if (tail->id.u == uid)
+      return tail->name;
+
+  pwent = getpwuid (uid);
+  tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
+  tail->id.u = uid;
+  if (pwent == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (usernum_string, "%u", (unsigned) uid);
+      tail->name = xstrdup (usernum_string);
+    }
+  else
+    tail->name = xstrdup (pwent->pw_name);
+
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+  tail->next = user_alist;
+  user_alist = tail;
+  return tail->name;
+}
+
+/* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
+   Return NULL if there is no such user.
+   (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
+   so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
+
+uid_t *
+getuidbyname (user)
+     char *user;
+{
+  register struct userid *tail;
+  struct passwd *pwent;
+
+  for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
+    if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
+      return &tail->id.u;
+
+  for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
+    if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
+      return 0;
+
+  pwent = getpwnam (user);
+
+  tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
+  tail->name = xstrdup (user);
+
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+  if (pwent)
+    {
+      tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
+      tail->next = user_alist;
+      user_alist = tail;
+      return &tail->id.u;
+    }
+
+  tail->next = nouser_alist;
+  nouser_alist = tail;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Use the same struct as for userids.  */
+static struct userid *group_alist;
+static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
+
+/* Translate GID to a group name or a stringified number,
+   with cache.  */
+
+char *
+getgroup (gid)
+     gid_t gid;
+{
+  register struct userid *tail;
+  struct group *grent;
+  char groupnum_string[20];
+
+  for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    if (tail->id.g == gid)
+      return tail->name;
+
+  grent = getgrgid (gid);
+  tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
+  tail->id.g = gid;
+  if (grent == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (groupnum_string, "%u", (unsigned int) gid);
+      tail->name = xstrdup (groupnum_string);
+    }
+  else
+    tail->name = xstrdup (grent->gr_name);
+
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+  tail->next = group_alist;
+  group_alist = tail;
+  return tail->name;
+}
+
+/* Translate GROUP to a UID, with cache.
+   Return NULL if there is no such group.
+   (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
+   so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
+
+gid_t *
+getgidbyname (group)
+     char *group;
+{
+  register struct userid *tail;
+  struct group *grent;
+
+  for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
+    if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
+      return &tail->id.g;
+
+  for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
+    /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
+    if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
+      return 0;
+
+  grent = getgrnam (group);
+
+  tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
+  tail->name = xstrdup (group);
+
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
+  if (grent)
+    {
+      tail->id.g = grent->gr_gid;
+      tail->next = group_alist;
+      group_alist = tail;
+      return &tail->id.g;
+    }
+
+  tail->next = nogroup_alist;
+  nogroup_alist = tail;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/main.c b/src/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a2a165
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+/* main.c - main program and argument processing for cpio.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Phil Nelson <phil@cs.wwu.edu>,
+   David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>,
+   and John Oleynick <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "filetypes.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "cpiohdr.h"
+#include "dstring.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "rmt.h"
+#include "localedir.h"
+
+struct option long_opts[] =
+{
+  {"null", 0, 0, '0'},
+  {"append", 0, 0, 'A'},
+  {"block-size", 1, 0, 130},
+  {"create", 0, 0, 'o'},
+  {"dereference", 0, 0, 'L'},
+  {"dot", 0, 0, 'V'},
+  {"extract", 0, 0, 'i'},
+  {"file", 1, 0, 'F'},
+  {"force-local", 0, &f_force_local, 1},
+  {"format", 1, 0, 'H'},
+  {"help", 0, 0, 132},
+  {"io-size", 1, 0, 'C'},
+  {"link", 0, &link_flag, TRUE},
+  {"list", 0, &table_flag, TRUE},
+  {"make-directories", 0, &create_dir_flag, TRUE},
+  {"message", 1, 0, 'M'},
+  {"no-absolute-filenames", 0, 0, 136},
+  {"no-preserve-owner", 0, 0, 134},
+  {"nonmatching", 0, &copy_matching_files, FALSE},
+  {"numeric-uid-gid", 0, &numeric_uid, TRUE},
+  {"only-verify-crc", 0, 0, 139},
+  {"owner", 1, 0, 'R'},
+  {"pass-through", 0, 0, 'p'},
+  {"pattern-file", 1, 0, 'E'},
+  {"preserve-modification-time", 0, &retain_time_flag, TRUE},
+  {"rename", 0, &rename_flag, TRUE},
+  {"rename-batch-file", 1, 0, 137},
+  {"rsh-command", 1, 0, 140},
+  {"quiet", 0, 0, 138},
+  {"sparse", 0, 0, 135},
+  {"swap", 0, 0, 'b'},
+  {"swap-bytes", 0, 0, 's'},
+  {"swap-halfwords", 0, 0, 'S'},
+  {"reset-access-time", 0, &reset_time_flag, TRUE},
+  {"unconditional", 0, &unconditional_flag, TRUE},
+  {"verbose", 0, &verbose_flag, TRUE},
+  {"version", 0, 0, 131},
+#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
+  {"debug", 0, &debug_flag, TRUE},
+#endif
+  {0, 0, 0, 0}
+};
+
+/*  Print usage message and exit with error.  */
+
+void
+usage (fp, status)
+  FILE *fp;
+  int status;
+{
+  fprintf (fp, _("\
+Usage: %s {-o|--create} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format] [-M message]\n\
+       [-O [[user@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@]host:]archive]\n\
+       [--file=[[user@]host:]archive] [--format=format] [--message=message]\n\
+       [--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose] [--dot] [--append]\n\
+       [--block-size=blocks] [--dereference] [--io-size=bytes] [--quiet]\n\
+       [--force-local] [--rsh-command=command] [--help] [--version] < name-list\n\
+       [> archive]\n"), program_name);
+  fprintf (fp, _("\
+       %s {-i|--extract} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file] [-H format]\n\
+       [-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]] [-I [[user@]host:]archive]\n\
+       [-F [[user@]host:]archive] [--file=[[user@]host:]archive]\n\
+       [--make-directories] [--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]\n\
+       [--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap] [--dot]\n\
+       [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks] [--swap-halfwords]\n\
+       [--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file] [--format=format]\n\
+       [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--no-preserve-owner] [--message=message]\n\
+       [--force-local] [--no-absolute-filenames] [--sparse] [--only-verify-crc]\n\
+       [--quiet] [--rsh-command=command] [--help] [--version] [pattern...]\n\
+       [< archive]\n"),
+	   program_name);
+  fprintf (fp, _("\
+       %s {-p|--pass-through} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]\n\
+       [--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link] [--quiet]\n\
+       [--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--dot]\n\
+       [--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--no-preserve-owner]\n\
+       [--sparse] [--help] [--version] destination-directory < name-list\n"), program_name);
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+/* Process the arguments.  Set all options and set up the copy pass
+   directory or the copy in patterns.  */
+
+void
+process_args (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char *argv[];
+{
+  void (*copy_in) ();		/* Work around for pcc bug.  */
+  void (*copy_out) ();
+  int c;
+  char *input_archive_name = 0;
+  char *output_archive_name = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 2)
+    usage (stderr, 2);
+
+  xstat = lstat;
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv,
+			   "0aAbBcC:dfE:F:H:iI:lLmM:noO:prR:sStuvVz",
+			   long_opts, (int *) 0)) != -1)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:			/* A long option that just sets a flag.  */
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':		/* Read null-terminated filenames.  */
+	  name_end = '\0';
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':		/* Reset access times.  */
+	  reset_time_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'A':		/* Append to the archive.  */
+	  append_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':		/* Swap bytes and halfwords.  */
+	  swap_bytes_flag = TRUE;
+	  swap_halfwords_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'B':		/* Set block size to 5120.  */
+	  io_block_size = 5120;
+	  break;
+
+	case 130:		/* --block-size */
+	  io_block_size = atoi (optarg);
+	  if (io_block_size < 1)
+	    error (2, 0, _("invalid block size"));
+	  io_block_size *= 512;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':		/* Use the old portable ASCII format.  */
+	  if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
+	    usage (stderr, 2);
+#ifdef SVR4_COMPAT
+	  archive_format = arf_newascii; /* -H newc.  */
+#else
+	  archive_format = arf_oldascii; /* -H odc.  */
+#endif
+	  break;
+
+	case 'C':		/* Block size.  */
+	  io_block_size = atoi (optarg);
+	  if (io_block_size < 1)
+	    error (2, 0, _("invalid block size"));
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':		/* Create directories where needed.  */
+	  create_dir_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'f':		/* Only copy files not matching patterns.  */
+	  copy_matching_files = FALSE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'E':		/* Pattern file name.  */
+	  pattern_file_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'F':		/* Archive file name.  */
+	  archive_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'H':		/* Header format name.  */
+	  if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
+	    usage (stderr, 2);
+	  if (!strcmp (optarg, "crc") || !strcmp (optarg, "CRC"))
+	    archive_format = arf_crcascii;
+	  else if (!strcmp (optarg, "newc") || !strcmp (optarg, "NEWC"))
+	    archive_format = arf_newascii;
+	  else if (!strcmp (optarg, "odc") || !strcmp (optarg, "ODC"))
+	    archive_format = arf_oldascii;
+	  else if (!strcmp (optarg, "bin") || !strcmp (optarg, "BIN"))
+	    archive_format = arf_binary;
+	  else if (!strcmp (optarg, "ustar") || !strcmp (optarg, "USTAR"))
+	    archive_format = arf_ustar;
+	  else if (!strcmp (optarg, "tar") || !strcmp (optarg, "TAR"))
+	    archive_format = arf_tar;
+	  else if (!strcmp (optarg, "hpodc") || !strcmp (optarg, "HPODC"))
+	    archive_format = arf_hpoldascii;
+	  else if (!strcmp (optarg, "hpbin") || !strcmp (optarg, "HPBIN"))
+	    archive_format = arf_hpbinary;
+	  else
+	    error (2, 0, _("\
+invalid archive format `%s'; valid formats are:\n\
+crc newc odc bin ustar tar (all-caps also recognized)"), optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'i':		/* Copy-in mode.  */
+	  if (copy_function != 0)
+	    usage (stderr, 2);
+	  copy_function = process_copy_in;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'I':		/* Input archive file name.  */
+	  input_archive_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'k':		/* Handle corrupted archives.  We always handle
+				   corrupted archives, but recognize this
+				   option for compatability.  */
+	  break;
+
+	case 'l':		/* Link files when possible.  */
+	  link_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'L':		/* Dereference symbolic links.  */
+	  xstat = stat;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'm':		/* Retain previous file modify times.  */
+	  retain_time_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'M':		/* New media message.  */
+	  set_new_media_message (optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'n':		/* Long list owner and group as numbers.  */
+	  numeric_uid = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 136:		/* --no-absolute-filenames */
+	  no_abs_paths_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+	
+	case 134:		/* --no-preserve-owner */
+	  if (set_owner_flag || set_group_flag)
+	    usage (stderr, 2);
+	  no_chown_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'o':		/* Copy-out mode.  */
+	  if (copy_function != 0)
+	    usage (stderr, 2);
+	  copy_function = process_copy_out;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'O':		/* Output archive file name.  */
+	  output_archive_name = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 139:
+	  only_verify_crc_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'p':		/* Copy-pass mode.  */
+	  if (copy_function != 0)
+	    usage (stderr, 2);
+	  copy_function = process_copy_pass;
+	  break;
+
+	case 140:
+	  rsh_command_option = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'r':		/* Interactively rename.  */
+	  rename_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 137:
+	  rename_batch_file = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 138:
+	  quiet_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'R':		/* Set the owner.  */
+	  if (no_chown_flag)
+	    usage (stderr, 2);
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+	  {
+	    char *e, *u, *g;
+
+	    e = parse_user_spec (optarg, &set_owner, &set_group, &u, &g);
+	    if (e)
+	      error (2, 0, "%s: %s", optarg, e);
+	    if (u)
+	      {
+		free (u);
+		set_owner_flag = TRUE;
+	      }
+	    if (g)
+	      {
+		free (g);
+		set_group_flag = TRUE;
+	      }
+	  }
+#endif
+	  break;
+
+	case 's':		/* Swap bytes.  */
+	  swap_bytes_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'S':		/* Swap halfwords.  */
+	  swap_halfwords_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 't':		/* Only print a list.  */
+	  table_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'u':		/* Replace all!  Unconditionally!  */
+	  unconditional_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'v':		/* Verbose!  */
+	  verbose_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'V':		/* Print `.' for each file.  */
+	  dot_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 131:
+	  printf ("%s\n", PACKAGE_STRING);
+	  exit (0);
+	  break;
+
+	case 135:
+	  sparse_flag = TRUE;
+	  break;
+
+	case 132:		/* --help */
+	  usage (stdout, 0);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  usage (stderr, 2);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Do error checking and look at other args.  */
+
+  if (copy_function == 0)
+    {
+      if (table_flag)
+	copy_function = process_copy_in;
+      else
+	usage (stderr, 2);
+    }
+
+  /* Debian hack: This version of cpio uses the -n flag also to extract
+     tar archives using the numeric UID/GID instead of the user/group
+     names in /etc/passwd and /etc/groups.  (98/10/15) -BEM */
+
+  /* Work around for pcc bug.  */
+  copy_in = process_copy_in;
+  copy_out = process_copy_out;
+
+  if (copy_function == copy_in)
+    {
+      archive_des = 0;
+      if (link_flag || reset_time_flag || xstat != lstat || append_flag
+	  /* Debian hack: The sparse option is used with copy-in not
+             copy-out.  This bug has been reported to
+             "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  (96/7/10) -BEM */
+	  || output_archive_name
+	  || (archive_name && input_archive_name))
+	usage (stderr, 2);
+      if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
+	crc_i_flag = TRUE;
+      num_patterns = argc - optind;
+      save_patterns = &argv[optind];
+      if (input_archive_name)
+	archive_name = input_archive_name;
+    }
+  else if (copy_function == copy_out)
+    {
+      archive_des = 1;
+      if (argc != optind || create_dir_flag || rename_flag
+	  || table_flag || unconditional_flag || link_flag
+	  || retain_time_flag || no_chown_flag || set_owner_flag
+	  || set_group_flag || swap_bytes_flag || swap_halfwords_flag
+	  || (append_flag && !(archive_name || output_archive_name))
+	  || rename_batch_file || no_abs_paths_flag
+	  /* Debian hack: The sparse option is used with copy-in not
+             copy-out.  This bug has been reported to
+             "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  (96/7/10) -BEM */
+	  || sparse_flag
+	  || input_archive_name || (archive_name && output_archive_name))
+	usage (stderr, 2);
+      if (archive_format == arf_unknown)
+	archive_format = arf_binary;
+      if (output_archive_name)
+	archive_name = output_archive_name;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Copy pass.  */
+      archive_des = -1;
+      if (argc - 1 != optind || archive_format != arf_unknown
+	  || swap_bytes_flag || swap_halfwords_flag
+	  || table_flag || rename_flag || append_flag
+	  || rename_batch_file || no_abs_paths_flag)
+	usage (stderr, 2);
+      directory_name = argv[optind];
+    }
+
+  if (archive_name)
+    {
+      if (copy_function != copy_in && copy_function != copy_out)
+	usage (stderr, 2);
+      archive_des = open_archive (archive_name);
+      if (archive_des < 0)
+	error (1, errno, "%s", archive_name);
+    }
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  /* Prevent SysV non-root users from giving away files inadvertantly.
+     This happens automatically on BSD, where only root can give
+     away files.  */
+  if (set_owner_flag == FALSE && set_group_flag == FALSE && geteuid ())
+    no_chown_flag = TRUE;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Initialize the input and output buffers to their proper size and
+   initialize all variables associated with the input and output
+   buffers.  */
+
+void
+initialize_buffers ()
+{
+  int in_buf_size, out_buf_size;
+
+  if (copy_function == process_copy_in)
+    {
+      /* Make sure the input buffer can always hold 2 blocks and that it
+	 is big enough to hold 1 tar record (512 bytes) even if it
+	 is not aligned on a block boundary.  The extra buffer space
+	 is needed by process_copyin and peek_in_buf to automatically
+	 figure out what kind of archive it is reading.  */
+      if (io_block_size >= 512)
+	in_buf_size = 2 * io_block_size;
+      else
+	in_buf_size = 1024;
+      out_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    }
+  else if (copy_function == process_copy_out)
+    {
+      in_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
+      out_buf_size = io_block_size;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      in_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
+      out_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
+    }
+
+  input_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (in_buf_size);
+  in_buff = input_buffer;
+  input_buffer_size = in_buf_size;
+  input_size = 0;
+  input_bytes = 0;
+
+  output_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (out_buf_size);
+  out_buff = output_buffer;
+  output_size = 0;
+  output_bytes = 0;
+
+  /* Clear the block of zeros.  */
+  bzero (zeros_512, 512);
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char *argv[];
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+#endif
+  bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+  textdomain (PACKAGE);
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  umask (0);
+
+#ifdef __TURBOC__
+  _fmode = O_BINARY;		/* Put stdin and stdout in binary mode.  */
+#endif
+#ifdef __EMX__			/* gcc on OS/2.  */
+  _response (&argc, &argv);
+  _wildcard (&argc, &argv);
+#endif
+
+  process_args (argc, argv);
+
+  initialize_buffers ();
+
+  (*copy_function) ();
+
+  if (archive_des >= 0 && rmtclose (archive_des) == -1)
+    error (1, errno, _("error closing archive"));
+
+  exit (0);
+}
diff --git a/src/makepath.c b/src/makepath.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c62860
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/makepath.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
+   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and
+   Jim Meyering <meyering@cs.utexas.edu>.  */
+
+/* This copy of makepath is almost like the fileutils one, but has
+   changes for HPUX CDF's.  Maybe the 2 versions of makepath can
+   come together again in the future.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else
+#ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#else
+char *alloca ();
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#define	S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#ifndef index
+#define index strchr
+#endif
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+typedef int uid_t;
+typedef int gid_t;
+#endif
+
+void error ();
+
+/* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
+   Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
+
+   Make any leading directories that don't already exist, with
+   permissions PARENT_MODE.
+   If the last element of ARGPATH does not exist, create it as
+   a new directory with permissions MODE.
+   If OWNER and GROUP are non-negative, make them the UID and GID of
+   created directories.
+   If VERBOSE_FMT_STRING is nonzero, use it as a printf format
+   string for printing a message after successfully making a directory,
+   with the name of the directory that was just made as an argument.
+
+   Return 0 if ARGPATH exists as a directory with the proper
+   ownership and permissions when done, otherwise 1.  */
+
+int
+make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, verbose_fmt_string)
+     char *argpath;
+     int mode;
+     int parent_mode;
+     uid_t owner;
+     gid_t group;
+     char *verbose_fmt_string;
+{
+  char *dirpath;		/* A copy we can scribble NULs on.  */
+  struct stat stats;
+  int retval = 0;
+  int oldmask = umask (0);
+  dirpath = alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
+  strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
+
+  if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
+    {
+      char *slash;
+      int tmp_mode;		/* Initial perms for leading dirs.  */
+      int re_protect;		/* Should leading dirs be unwritable? */
+      struct ptr_list
+      {
+	char *dirname_end;
+	struct ptr_list *next;
+      };
+      struct ptr_list *p, *leading_dirs = NULL;
+
+      /* If leading directories shouldn't be writable or executable,
+	 or should have set[ug]id or sticky bits set and we are setting
+	 their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them.  */
+      if (((parent_mode & 0300) != 0300)
+	  || (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+	      && (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
+	{
+	  tmp_mode = 0700;
+	  re_protect = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  tmp_mode = parent_mode;
+	  re_protect = 0;
+	}
+
+      slash = dirpath;
+      while (*slash == '/')
+	slash++;
+      while ((slash = index (slash, '/')))
+	{
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+	  int	iscdf;
+	  iscdf = 0;
+#endif
+	  *slash = '\0';
+	  if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
+	    {
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+	      /* If this component of the pathname ends in `+' and is
+		 followed by 2 `/'s, then this is a CDF.  We remove the
+		 `+' from the name and create the directory.  Later
+		 we will "hide" the directory.  */
+	      if ( (*(slash +1) == '/') && (*(slash -1) == '+') )
+		{ 
+		  iscdf = 1;
+		  *(slash -1) = '\0';
+		}
+#endif
+	      if (mkdir (dirpath, tmp_mode))
+		{
+		  error (0, errno, _("cannot make directory `%s'"), dirpath);
+		  umask (oldmask);
+		  return 1;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
+		    error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+
+		  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+		      && chown (dirpath, owner, group)
+#ifdef AFS
+		      && errno != EPERM
+#endif
+		      )
+		    {
+		      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+		      retval = 1;
+		    }
+		  if (re_protect)
+		    {
+		      struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
+			alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
+		      new->dirname_end = slash;
+		      new->next = leading_dirs;
+		      leading_dirs = new;
+		    }
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+		  if (iscdf)
+		    {
+		      /*  If this is a CDF, "hide" the directory by setting
+			  its hidden/setuid bit.  Also add the `+' back to
+			  its name (since once it's "hidden" we must refer
+			  to as `name+' instead of `name').  */
+		      chmod (dirpath, 04700);
+		      *(slash - 1) = '+';
+		    }
+#endif
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	      umask (oldmask);
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  *slash++ = '/';
+
+	  /* Avoid unnecessary calls to `stat' when given
+	     pathnames containing multiple adjacent slashes.  */
+	  while (*slash == '/')
+	    slash++;
+	}
+
+      /* We're done making leading directories.
+	 Make the final component of the path. */
+
+      if (mkdir (dirpath, mode))
+	{
+	  /* In some cases, if the final component in dirpath was `.' then we 
+	     just got an EEXIST error from that last mkdir().  If that's
+	     the case, ignore it.  */
+	  if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
+	       (stat (dirpath, &stats) != 0) ||
+	       (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode) ) )
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot make directory `%s'"), dirpath);
+	      umask (oldmask);
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
+	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+
+      if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1)
+	{
+	  if (chown (dirpath, owner, group)
+#ifdef AFS
+	      && errno != EPERM
+#endif
+	      )
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      retval = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
+	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (dirpath, mode))
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      retval = 1;
+	    }
+
+      /* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
+	 privileges, we have to reset their protections to the correct
+	 value.  */
+      for (p = leading_dirs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	{
+	  *(p->dirname_end) = '\0';
+#if 0
+	  /* cpio always calls make_path with parent mode 0700, so
+	     we don't have to do this.  If we ever do have to do this,
+	     we have to stat the directory first to get the setuid
+	     bit so we don't break HP CDF's.  */
+	  if (chmod (dirpath, parent_mode))
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      retval = 1;
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We get here if the entire path already exists.  */
+
+      if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  umask (oldmask);
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* chown must precede chmod because on some systems,
+	 chown clears the set[ug]id bits for non-superusers,
+	 resulting in incorrect permissions.
+	 On System V, users can give away files with chown and then not
+	 be able to chmod them.  So don't give files away.  */
+
+      if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+	  && chown (dirpath, owner, group)
+#ifdef AFS
+	  && errno != EPERM
+#endif
+	  )
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	  retval = 1;
+	}
+      if (chmod (dirpath, mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	  retval = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  umask (oldmask);
+  return retval;
+}
diff --git a/src/mkdir.c b/src/mkdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa1c4ff
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/mkdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* mkdir.c -- BSD compatible make directory function for System V
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+#undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+
+#include "safe-stat.h"
+
+/* mkdir adapted from GNU tar.  */
+
+/* Make directory DPATH, with permission mode DMODE.
+
+   Written by Robert Rother, Mariah Corporation, August 1985
+   (sdcsvax!rmr or rmr@uscd).  If you want it, it's yours.
+
+   Severely hacked over by John Gilmore to make a 4.2BSD compatible
+   subroutine.	11Mar86; hoptoad!gnu
+
+   Modified by rmtodd@uokmax 6-28-87 -- when making an already existing dir,
+   subroutine didn't return EEXIST.  It does now.  */
+
+int
+mkdir (dpath, dmode)
+     char *dpath;
+     int dmode;
+{
+  int cpid, status;
+  struct stat statbuf;
+
+  if (SAFE_STAT (dpath, &statbuf) == 0)
+    {
+      errno = EEXIST;		/* stat worked, so it already exists.  */
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* If stat fails for a reason other than non-existence, return error.  */
+  if (errno != ENOENT)
+    return -1;
+
+  cpid = fork ();
+  switch (cpid)
+    {
+    case -1:			/* Cannot fork.  */
+      return -1;		/* errno is already set.  */
+
+    case 0:			/* Child process.  */
+      /* Cheap hack to set mode of new directory.  Since this child
+	 process is going away anyway, we zap its umask.
+	 This won't suffice to set SUID, SGID, etc. on this
+	 directory, so the parent process calls chmod afterward.  */
+      status = umask (0);	/* Get current umask.  */
+      umask (status | (0777 & ~dmode));	/* Set for mkdir.  */
+      execl ("/bin/mkdir", "mkdir", dpath, (char *) 0);
+      _exit (1);
+
+    default:			/* Parent process.  */
+      /* Wait for kid to finish.  */
+      while (wait (&status) != cpid)
+	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      if (status & 0xFFFF)
+	{
+	  /* /bin/mkdir failed.  */
+	  errno = EIO;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      return chmod (dpath, dmode);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/mt.c b/src/mt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cfcb61
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/mt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/* mt -- control magnetic tape drive operation
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1995, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
+   */
+
+
+/* If -f is not given, the environment variable TAPE is used;
+   if that is not set, a default device defined in sys/mtio.h is used.
+   The device must be either a character special file or a remote
+   tape drive with the form "[user@]system:path".
+   The default count is 1.  Some operations ignore it.
+
+   Exit status:
+   0	success
+   1	invalid operation or device name
+   2	operation failed
+
+   Operations (unique abbreviations are accepted):
+   eof, weof	Write COUNT EOF marks at current position on tape.
+   fsf		Forward space COUNT files.
+		Tape is positioned on the first block of the file.
+   bsf		Backward space COUNT files.
+		Tape is positioned on the first block of the file.
+   fsr		Forward space COUNT records.
+   bsr		Backward space COUNT records.
+   bsfm		Backward space COUNT file marks.
+		Tape is positioned on the beginning-of-the-tape side of
+		the file mark.
+   asf		Absolute space to file number COUNT.
+		Equivalent to rewind followed by fsf COUNT.
+   eom		Space to the end of the recorded media on the tape
+		(for appending files onto tapes).
+   rewind	Rewind the tape.
+   offline, rewoffl
+		Rewind the tape and, if applicable, unload the tape.
+   status	Print status information about the tape unit.
+   retension	Rewind the tape, then wind it to the end of the reel,
+		then rewind it again.
+   erase	Erase the tape.
+
+   David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H
+#  include <sys/io/trioctl.h>
+# endif
+# include <sys/mtio.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#include "localedir.h"
+
+#if defined(HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include "rmt.h"
+
+#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_ATOI
+int atoi ();
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_EXIT
+void exit ();
+#endif
+
+int fstat ();
+
+int argmatch ();
+void check_type ();
+void error ();
+void invalid_arg ();
+void perform_operation ();
+void print_status ();
+void usage ();
+
+char *opnames[] =
+{
+  "eof", "weof", "fsf", "bsf", "fsr", "bsr",
+  "rewind", "offline", "rewoffl", "eject", "status",
+#ifdef MTBSFM
+  "bsfm",
+#endif
+#ifdef MTEOM
+  "eom",
+#endif
+#ifdef MTRETEN
+  "retension",
+#endif
+#ifdef MTERASE
+  "erase",
+#endif
+  "asf",
+#ifdef MTFSFM
+  "fsfm",
+#endif
+#ifdef MTSEEK
+  "seek",
+#endif
+  NULL
+};
+
+#define MTASF 600		/* Random unused number.  */
+short operations[] =
+{
+  MTWEOF, MTWEOF, MTFSF, MTBSF, MTFSR, MTBSR,
+  MTREW, MTOFFL, MTOFFL, MTOFFL, MTNOP,
+#ifdef MTBSFM
+  MTBSFM,
+#endif
+#ifdef MTEOM
+  MTEOM,
+#endif
+#ifdef MTRETEN
+  MTRETEN,
+#endif
+#ifdef MTERASE
+  MTERASE,
+#endif
+  MTASF,
+#ifdef MTFSFM
+  MTFSFM,
+#endif
+#ifdef MTSEEK
+  MTSEEK,
+#endif
+  0
+};
+
+/* If nonzero, don't consider file names that contain a `:' to be
+   on remote hosts; all files are local.  Always zero for mt;
+   since when do local device names contain colons?  */
+int f_force_local = 0;
+
+struct option longopts[] =
+{
+  {"file", 1, NULL, 'f'},
+  {"rsh-command", 1, NULL, 1},
+  {"version", 0, NULL, 'V'},
+  {"help", 0, NULL, 'H'},
+  {NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+/* The name this program was run with.  */
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  short operation;
+  int count;
+  char *tapedev;
+  int tapedesc;
+  int i;
+  char *rsh_command_option = NULL;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+#endif
+  bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
+  textdomain (PACKAGE);
+  
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  tapedev = NULL;
+  count = 1;
+
+  /* Debian hack: Fixed a bug in the -V flag.  This bug has been
+     reported to "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  -BEM */
+  while ((i = getopt_long (argc, argv, "f:t:VH", longopts, (int *) 0)) != -1)
+    {
+      switch (i)
+	{
+	case 'f':
+	case 't':
+	  tapedev = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 1:
+	  rsh_command_option = optarg;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'V':
+	  printf ("mt (%s)\n", PACKAGE_STRING);
+	  exit (0);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'H':
+	default:
+	  usage (stdout, 0);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind == argc)
+    usage (stderr, 1);
+
+  i = argmatch (argv[optind], opnames);
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      invalid_arg ("tape operation", argv[optind], i);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  operation = operations[i];
+
+  if (++optind < argc)
+    /* Debian hack: Replaced the atoi function call with strtol so
+       that hexidecimal values can be used for the count parameter.
+       This bug has been reported to "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".
+       (97/12/5) -BEM */
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+    count = (int) strtol (argv[optind], NULL, 0);
+#else
+    count = atoi (argv[optind]);
+#endif
+  if (++optind < argc)
+    usage (stderr, 1);
+
+  if (tapedev == NULL)
+    {
+      tapedev = getenv ("TAPE");
+      if (tapedev == NULL)
+#ifdef DEFTAPE			/* From sys/mtio.h.  */
+        tapedev = DEFTAPE;
+#else
+	error (1, 0, _("no tape device specified"));
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if ( (operation == MTWEOF)
+#ifdef MTERASE
+       || (operation == MTERASE)
+#endif
+	)
+    tapedesc = rmtopen (tapedev, O_WRONLY, 0, rsh_command_option);
+  else
+    tapedesc = rmtopen (tapedev, O_RDONLY, 0, rsh_command_option);
+  if (tapedesc == -1)
+    error (1, errno, "%s", tapedev);
+  check_type (tapedev, tapedesc);
+
+  if (operation == MTASF)
+    {
+      perform_operation (tapedev, tapedesc, MTREW, 1);
+      operation = MTFSF;
+    }
+  perform_operation (tapedev, tapedesc, operation, count);
+  if (operation == MTNOP)
+    print_status (tapedev, tapedesc);
+
+  if (rmtclose (tapedesc) == -1)
+    error (2, errno, "%s", tapedev);
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+void
+check_type (dev, desc)
+     char *dev;
+     int desc;
+{
+  struct stat stats;
+
+  if (_isrmt (desc))
+    return;
+  if (fstat (desc, &stats) == -1)
+    error (1, errno, "%s", dev);
+  if ((stats.st_mode & S_IFMT) != S_IFCHR)
+    error (1, 0, "%s is not a character special file", dev);
+}
+
+void
+perform_operation (dev, desc, op, count)
+     char *dev;
+     int desc;
+     short op;
+     int count;
+{
+  struct mtop control;
+
+  control.mt_op = op;
+  control.mt_count = count;
+  /* Debian hack: The rmtioctl function returns -1 in case of an
+     error, not 0.  This bug has been reported to
+     "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  (96/7/10) -BEM */
+  if (rmtioctl (desc, MTIOCTOP, &control) == -1)
+    error (2, errno, "%s", dev);
+}
+
+void
+print_status (dev, desc)
+     char *dev;
+     int desc;
+{
+  struct mtget status;
+
+  if (rmtioctl (desc, MTIOCGET, &status) == -1)
+    error (2, errno, "%s", dev);
+
+  printf ("drive type = %d\n", (int) status.mt_type);
+#if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux)
+  printf ("drive status (high) = %d\n", (int) status.mt_dsreg1);
+  printf ("drive status (low) = %d\n", (int) status.mt_dsreg2);
+#else
+  printf ("drive status = %d\n", (int) status.mt_dsreg);
+#endif
+  printf ("sense key error = %d\n", (int) status.mt_erreg);
+  printf ("residue count = %d\n", (int) status.mt_resid);
+#if !defined(ultrix) && !defined(__ultrix__) && !defined(hpux) && !defined(__hpux) && !defined(__osf__)
+  printf ("file number = %d\n", (int) status.mt_fileno);
+  printf ("block number = %d\n", (int) status.mt_blkno);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+usage (fp, status)
+  FILE *fp;
+  int status;
+{
+  fprintf (fp, _("\
+Usage: %s [-V] [-f device] [--file=device] [--rsh-command=command]\n\
+\t[--help] [--version] operation [count]\n"),
+	   program_name);
+  exit (status);
+}
diff --git a/src/rmt.c b/src/rmt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d616b9e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/rmt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the University of California, Berkeley.  The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+char copyright[] =
+"@(#) Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California.\n\
+ All rights reserved.\n";
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+/*
+ * rmt
+ */
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef __linux
+/* Kludge alert:  We should really fix this by having configure figure
+   out if we need sgtty.h or not, so it can define HAVE_SGGTY_H and
+   also add rmt to the build targets.  For now we'll just add this
+   ifndef so make rmt will work on Linux.  */
+#include <sgtty.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_GENTAPE_H	/* e.g., ISC UNIX */
+#include <sys/gentape.h>
+#else
+#ifdef M_UNIX
+#include <sys/tape.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/mtio.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Debian hack: gcc has exhibited problems loading fcntl.h.  Therefore,
+   I removed the preprocessor conditionals here - BEM */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#else
+long lseek ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+extern char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+extern const char *strerror (int en);
+#endif
+
+int tape = -1;
+
+char *record;
+int maxrecsize = -1;
+char *checkbuf ();
+void getstring ();
+void error ();
+
+#define	SSIZE	64
+char device[SSIZE];
+char count[SSIZE], mode[SSIZE], pos[SSIZE], op[SSIZE];
+
+char resp[BUFSIZ];
+
+FILE *debug;
+#define	DEBUG(f)	if (debug) fprintf(debug, f)
+#define	DEBUG1(f,a)	if (debug) fprintf(debug, f, a)
+#define	DEBUG2(f,a1,a2)	if (debug) fprintf(debug, f, a1, a2)
+
+#ifdef EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL
+/*
+ * Support for Sun's extended RMT protocol
+ */
+#define RMTI_VERSION	-1
+#define RMT_VERSION	1
+
+/* Extended 'i' commands */
+#define RMTI_CACHE	0
+#define RMTI_NOCACHE	1
+#define RMTI_RETEN	2
+#define RMTI_ERASE	3
+#define RMTI_EOM	4
+#define RMTI_NBSF	5
+
+/* Extended 's' comands */
+#define MTS_TYPE	'T'
+#define MTS_DSREG	'D'
+#define MTS_ERREG	'E'
+#define MTS_RESID	'R'
+#define MTS_FILENO	'F'
+#define MTS_BLKNO	'B'
+#define MTS_FLAGS	'f'
+#define MTS_BF		'b'
+#endif /* EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL */
+
+static struct option gnu_options[] =
+  {
+    {"version",     no_argument,       0, 'v'},
+    {"help",        no_argument,       0, 'h'},
+    {0, 0, 0, 0}
+  };
+
+void
+rmt_help ()
+{
+  printf ("GNU rmt: remote magtape protocol module\n");
+  printf ("usage: rmt [debug_file]\n");
+}
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int rval;
+  char c;
+  int n, i, cc;
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "vh", gnu_options, &n)) != EOF)
+    switch (c) {
+    case 'v':
+      printf ("rmt (%s)\n", PACKAGE_STRING);
+      return 0;
+
+    case 'h':
+      rmt_help ();
+      return 0;
+    }
+  
+  argc -= optind;
+  argv += optind;
+  
+  if (argc > 0)
+    {
+      debug = fopen (*argv, "w");
+      if (debug == 0)
+	exit (1);
+      (void) setbuf (debug, (char *) 0);
+    }
+top:
+  errno = 0;
+  rval = 0;
+  if (read (0, &c, 1) != 1)
+    exit (0);
+  switch (c)
+    {
+
+    case 'O':
+      if (tape >= 0)
+	(void) close (tape);
+      getstring (device);
+      getstring (mode);
+      DEBUG2 ("rmtd: O %s %s\n", device, mode);
+#if defined (i386) && defined (AIX)
+      /* This is alleged to fix a byte ordering problem. */
+      /* I'm quite suspicious if it's right. -- mib */
+      {
+	int oflag = atoi (mode);
+	int nflag = 0;
+	if ((oflag & 3) == 0)
+	  nflag |= O_RDONLY;
+	if (oflag & 1)
+	  nflag |= O_WRONLY;
+	if (oflag & 2)
+	  nflag |= O_RDWR;
+	if (oflag & 0x0008)
+	  nflag |= O_APPEND;
+	if (oflag & 0x0200)
+	  nflag |= O_CREAT;
+	if (oflag & 0x0400)
+	  nflag |= O_TRUNC;
+	if (oflag & 0x0800)
+	  nflag |= O_EXCL;
+	tape = open (device, nflag, 0666);
+      }
+#else
+      tape = open (device, atoi (mode), 0666);
+#endif
+      if (tape < 0)
+	goto ioerror;
+      goto respond;
+
+    case 'C':
+      DEBUG ("rmtd: C\n");
+      getstring (device);	/* discard */
+      if (close (tape) < 0)
+	goto ioerror;
+      tape = -1;
+      goto respond;
+
+    case 'L':
+      getstring (count);
+      getstring (pos);
+      DEBUG2 ("rmtd: L %s %s\n", count, pos);
+      rval = lseek (tape, (long) atoi (count), atoi (pos));
+      if (rval < 0)
+	goto ioerror;
+      goto respond;
+
+    case 'W':
+      getstring (count);
+      n = atoi (count);
+      DEBUG1 ("rmtd: W %s\n", count);
+      record = checkbuf (record, n);
+      for (i = 0; i < n; i += cc)
+	{
+	  cc = read (0, &record[i], n - i);
+	  if (cc <= 0)
+	    {
+	      DEBUG ("rmtd: premature eof\n");
+	      exit (2);
+	    }
+	}
+      rval = write (tape, record, n);
+      if (rval < 0)
+	goto ioerror;
+      goto respond;
+
+    case 'R':
+      getstring (count);
+      DEBUG1 ("rmtd: R %s\n", count);
+      n = atoi (count);
+      record = checkbuf (record, n);
+      rval = read (tape, record, n);
+      if (rval < 0)
+	goto ioerror;
+      (void) sprintf (resp, "A%d\n", rval);
+      (void) write (1, resp, strlen (resp));
+      (void) write (1, record, rval);
+      goto top;
+
+    case 'I':
+      getstring (op);
+      getstring (count);
+      DEBUG2 ("rmtd: I %s %s\n", op, count);
+#ifdef EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL
+      if (atoi(op) == RMTI_VERSION)
+      {
+	  rval = RMT_VERSION;
+      }
+#endif /* EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL */
+#ifdef MTIOCTOP
+#ifdef EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL
+      else
+#endif /* EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL */
+      {
+	struct mtop mtop;
+	mtop.mt_op = atoi (op);
+	mtop.mt_count = atoi (count);
+	if (ioctl (tape, MTIOCTOP, (char *) &mtop) < 0)
+	  goto ioerror;
+	rval = mtop.mt_count;
+      }
+#endif
+      goto respond;
+
+#ifdef EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL
+    case 'i':
+      {
+	struct mtop mtop;
+	
+	getstring (op);
+	getstring (count);
+	DEBUG2 ("rmtd: i %s %s\n", op, count);
+	switch (atoi(op))
+	{
+#ifdef MTCACHE
+	  case RMTI_CACHE:
+	    mtop.mt_op = MTCACHE;
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef MTNOCACHE
+	  case RMTI_NOCACHE:
+	    mtop.mt_op = MTNOCACHE;
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef MTRETEN
+	  case RMTI_RETEN:
+	    mtop.mt_op = MTRETEN;
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef MTERASE
+	  case RMTI_ERASE:
+	    mtop.mt_op = MTERASE;
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef MTEOM
+	  case RMTI_EOM:
+	    mtop.mt_op = MTEOM;
+	    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef MTNBSF
+	  case RMTI_NBSF:
+	    mtop.mt_op = MTNBSF;
+	    break;
+#endif
+	  default:
+	    errno = EINVAL;
+	    goto ioerror;
+	}
+#ifdef MTIOCTOP
+	mtop.mt_count = atoi (count);
+	if (ioctl (tape, MTIOCTOP, (char *) &mtop) < 0)
+	  goto ioerror;
+	rval = mtop.mt_count;
+      }
+#endif
+      goto respond;
+#endif /* EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL */
+
+    case 'S':			/* status */
+      DEBUG ("rmtd: S\n");
+      {
+#ifdef MTIOCGET
+	struct mtget mtget;
+	if (ioctl (tape, MTIOCGET, (char *) &mtget) < 0)
+	  goto ioerror;
+	rval = sizeof (mtget);
+	(void) sprintf (resp, "A%d\n", rval);
+	(void) write (1, resp, strlen (resp));
+	(void) write (1, (char *) &mtget, sizeof (mtget));
+#endif
+	goto top;
+      }
+
+#ifdef EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL
+    case 's':
+      {
+	char s;
+	struct mtget mtget;
+
+	if (read (0, &s, 1) != 1)
+	  goto top;
+	
+#ifdef MTIOCGET
+	if (ioctl (tape, MTIOCGET, (char *) &mtget) < 0)
+	  goto ioerror;
+#endif
+	switch (s)
+	{
+	  case MTS_TYPE:
+	    rval = mtget.mt_type;
+	    break;
+
+	  case MTS_DSREG:
+	    rval = mtget.mt_dsreg;
+	    break;
+
+	  case MTS_ERREG:
+	    rval = mtget.mt_erreg;
+	    break;
+
+	  case MTS_RESID:
+	    rval = mtget.mt_resid;
+	    break;
+
+	  case MTS_FILENO:
+	    rval = mtget.mt_fileno;
+	    break;
+
+	  case MTS_BLKNO:
+	    rval = mtget.mt_blkno;
+	    break;
+
+	  case MTS_FLAGS:
+	    rval = mtget.mt_gstat;
+	    break;
+
+	  case MTS_BF:
+	    rval = 0;
+	    break;
+
+	  default:
+	    errno = EINVAL;
+	    goto ioerror;
+	}
+	goto respond;
+      }
+#endif /* EXTENDED_RMT_PROTOCOL */
+
+    default:
+      DEBUG1 ("rmtd: garbage command %c\n", c);
+      exit (3);
+    }
+respond:
+  DEBUG1 ("rmtd: A %d\n", rval);
+  (void) sprintf (resp, "A%d\n", rval);
+  (void) write (1, resp, strlen (resp));
+  goto top;
+ioerror:
+  error (errno);
+  goto top;
+}
+
+void
+getstring (bp)
+     char *bp;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *cp = bp;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < SSIZE; i++)
+    {
+      if (read (0, cp + i, 1) != 1)
+	exit (0);
+      if (cp[i] == '\n')
+	break;
+    }
+  cp[i] = '\0';
+}
+
+char *
+checkbuf (record, size)
+     char *record;
+     int size;
+{
+  if (size <= maxrecsize)
+    return (record);
+  if (record != 0)
+    free (record);
+  record = malloc (size);
+  if (record == 0)
+    {
+      DEBUG ("rmtd: cannot allocate buffer space\n");
+      exit (4);
+    }
+  maxrecsize = size;
+#ifdef SO_RCVBUF
+  while (size > 1024 &&
+   setsockopt (0, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char *) &size, sizeof (size)) < 0)
+    size -= 1024;
+#else
+  size = 1 + ((size - 1) % 1024);
+#endif
+  return (record);
+}
+
+void
+error (num)
+     int num;
+{
+
+/* Debian hack: rmt has problems on systems (such as the Hurd) where
+   sys_errlist is not available therefore I borrowed some code from
+   error.c to fix this problem.  This has been reported to the upstream
+   maintainers.  (7/22/99) - BEM */
+  DEBUG2 ("rmtd: E %d (%s)\n", num, strerror (num));
+  (void) sprintf (resp, "E%d\n%s\n", num, strerror (num));
+  (void) write (1, resp, strlen (resp));
+}
diff --git a/src/rmt.h b/src/rmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5edea96
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/rmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Definitions for communicating with a remote tape drive.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(_POSIX_VERSION)
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+#include <io.h>
+#else /* !__MSDOS__ */
+extern off_t lseek ();
+#endif /* __MSDOS__ */
+#endif /* _POSIX_VERSION */
+
+#ifdef NO_REMOTE
+#define _isrmt(f)	0
+#define rmtopen		open
+#define rmtaccess	access
+#define rmtstat		stat
+#define rmtcreat	creat
+#define rmtlstat	lstat
+#define rmtread		read
+#define rmtwrite	write
+#define rmtlseek	lseek
+#define rmtclose	close
+#define rmtioctl	ioctl
+#define rmtdup		dup
+#define rmtfstat	fstat
+#define rmtfcntl	fcntl
+#define rmtisatty	isatty
+
+#else /* !NO_REMOTE */
+
+#define __REM_BIAS	128
+#define RMTIOCTL
+
+#ifndef O_CREAT
+#define O_CREAT	01000
+#endif
+
+extern char *__rmt_path;
+
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#ifndef index
+#define index strchr
+#endif
+#else
+extern char *index ();
+#endif
+
+#define _remdev(path)	(!f_force_local && (__rmt_path=index(path, ':')))
+#define _isrmt(fd)		((fd) >= __REM_BIAS)
+
+#define rmtopen(path,oflag,mode,rsh) (_remdev(path) ? __rmt_open(path, oflag, mode, __REM_BIAS,rsh) : open(path, oflag, mode))
+#define rmtaccess(path, amode)	(_remdev(path) ? 0 : access(path, amode))
+#define rmtstat(path, buf)	(_remdev(path) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : stat(path, buf))
+#define rmtcreat(path, mode, rsh)	(_remdev(path) ? __rmt_open (path, 1 | O_CREAT, mode, __REM_BIAS, rsh) : creat(path, mode))
+#define rmtlstat(path,buf)	(_remdev(path) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : lstat(path,buf))
+
+#define rmtread(fd, buf, n)	(_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_read(fd - __REM_BIAS, buf, n) : read(fd, buf, n))
+#define rmtwrite(fd, buf, n)	(_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_write(fd - __REM_BIAS, buf, n) : write(fd, buf, n))
+#define rmtlseek(fd, off, wh)	(_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_lseek(fd - __REM_BIAS, off, wh) : lseek(fd, off, wh))
+#define rmtclose(fd)		(_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_close(fd - __REM_BIAS) : close(fd))
+#ifdef RMTIOCTL
+#define rmtioctl(fd,req,arg)	(_isrmt(fd) ? __rmt_ioctl(fd - __REM_BIAS, req, arg) : ioctl(fd, req, arg))
+#else
+#define rmtioctl(fd,req,arg)	(_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : ioctl(fd, req, arg))
+#endif
+#define rmtdup(fd)		(_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : dup(fd))
+#define rmtfstat(fd, buf)	(_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fstat(fd, buf))
+#define rmtfcntl(fd,cmd,arg)	(_isrmt(fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fcntl (fd, cmd, arg))
+#define rmtisatty(fd)		(_isrmt(fd) ? 0 : isatty(fd))
+
+#undef RMTIOCTL
+
+int __rmt_open ();
+int __rmt_close ();
+int __rmt_read ();
+int __rmt_write ();
+long __rmt_lseek ();
+int __rmt_ioctl ();
+#endif /* !NO_REMOTE */
diff --git a/src/rtapelib.c b/src/rtapelib.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96dc82c
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/rtapelib.c
@@ -0,0 +1,601 @@
+/* Functions for communicating with a remote tape drive.
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The man page rmt(8) for /etc/rmt documents the remote mag tape
+   protocol which rdump and rrestore use.  Unfortunately, the man
+   page is *WRONG*.  The author of the routines I'm including originally
+   wrote his code just based on the man page, and it didn't work, so he
+   went to the rdump source to figure out why.  The only thing he had to
+   change was to check for the 'F' return code in addition to the 'E',
+   and to separate the various arguments with \n instead of a space.  I
+   personally don't think that this is much of a problem, but I wanted to
+   point it out. -- Arnold Robbins
+
+   Originally written by Jeff Lee, modified some by Arnold Robbins.
+   Redone as a library that can replace open, read, write, etc., by
+   Fred Fish, with some additional work by Arnold Robbins.
+   Modified to make all rmtXXX calls into macros for speed by Jay Fenlason.
+   Use -DHAVE_NETDB_H for rexec code, courtesy of Dan Kegel, srs!dan.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/mtio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+#include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <setjmp.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if! HAVE_DECL_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum size of a fully qualified host name.  */
+#define MAXHOSTLEN 257
+
+/* Size of buffers for reading and writing commands to rmt.
+   (An arbitrary limit.)  */
+#define CMDBUFSIZE 64
+
+#ifndef RETSIGTYPE
+#define RETSIGTYPE void
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum number of simultaneous remote tape connections.
+   (Another arbitrary limit.)  */
+#define MAXUNIT	4
+
+/* Return the parent's read side of remote tape connection FILDES.  */
+#define READ(fildes) (from_rmt[fildes][0])
+
+/* Return the parent's write side of remote tape connection FILDES.  */
+#define WRITE(fildes) (to_rmt[fildes][1])
+
+/* The pipes for receiving data from remote tape drives.  */
+static int from_rmt[MAXUNIT][2] =
+{-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1};
+
+/* The pipes for sending data to remote tape drives.  */
+static int to_rmt[MAXUNIT][2] =
+{-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1};
+
+/* Temporary variable used by macros in rmt.h.  */
+char *__rmt_path;
+
+/* Close remote tape connection FILDES.  */
+
+static void
+_rmt_shutdown (fildes)
+     int fildes;
+{
+  close (READ (fildes));
+  close (WRITE (fildes));
+  READ (fildes) = -1;
+  WRITE (fildes) = -1;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to perform the remote tape command specified in BUF
+   on remote tape connection FILDES.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 on error.  */
+
+static int
+command (fildes, buf)
+     int fildes;
+     char *buf;
+{
+  register int buflen;
+  RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) ();
+
+  /* Save the current pipe handler and try to make the request.  */
+
+  pipe_handler = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
+  buflen = strlen (buf);
+  if (write (WRITE (fildes), buf, buflen) == buflen)
+    {
+      signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Something went wrong.  Close down and go home.  */
+
+  signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
+  _rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+  errno = EIO;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Read and return the status from remote tape connection FILDES.
+   If an error occurred, return -1 and set errno.  */
+
+static int
+status (fildes)
+     int fildes;
+{
+  int i;
+  char c, *cp;
+  char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
+
+  /* Read the reply command line.  */
+
+  for (i = 0, cp = buffer; i < CMDBUFSIZE; i++, cp++)
+    {
+      if (read (READ (fildes), cp, 1) != 1)
+	{
+	  _rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+	  errno = EIO;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      if (*cp == '\n')
+	{
+	  *cp = '\0';
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (i == CMDBUFSIZE)
+    {
+      _rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+      errno = EIO;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Check the return status.  */
+
+  for (cp = buffer; *cp; cp++)
+    if (*cp != ' ')
+      break;
+
+  if (*cp == 'E' || *cp == 'F')
+    {
+      errno = atoi (cp + 1);
+      /* Skip the error message line.  */
+      while (read (READ (fildes), &c, 1) == 1)
+	if (c == '\n')
+	  break;
+
+      if (*cp == 'F')
+	_rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Check for mis-synced pipes. */
+
+  if (*cp != 'A')
+    {
+      _rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+      errno = EIO;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Got an `A' (success) response.  */
+  return atoi (cp + 1);
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+/* Execute /etc/rmt as user USER on remote system HOST using rexec.
+   Return a file descriptor of a bidirectional socket for stdin and stdout.
+   If USER is NULL, or an empty string, use the current username.
+
+   By default, this code is not used, since it requires that
+   the user have a .netrc file in his/her home directory, or that the
+   application designer be willing to have rexec prompt for login and
+   password info.  This may be unacceptable, and .rhosts files for use
+   with rsh are much more common on BSD systems.  */
+
+static int
+_rmt_rexec (host, user)
+     char *host;
+     char *user;
+{
+  struct servent *rexecserv;
+  int save_stdin = dup (fileno (stdin));
+  int save_stdout = dup (fileno (stdout));
+  int tape_fd;			/* Return value. */
+
+  /* When using cpio -o < filename, stdin is no longer the tty.
+     But the rexec subroutine reads the login and the passwd on stdin,
+     to allow remote execution of the command.
+     So, reopen stdin and stdout on /dev/tty before the rexec and
+     give them back their original value after.  */
+  if (freopen ("/dev/tty", "r", stdin) == NULL)
+    freopen ("/dev/null", "r", stdin);
+  if (freopen ("/dev/tty", "w", stdout) == NULL)
+    freopen ("/dev/null", "w", stdout);
+
+  rexecserv = getservbyname ("exec", "tcp");
+  if (NULL == rexecserv)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, _("exec/tcp: service not available"));
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  if (user != NULL && *user == '\0')
+    user = NULL;
+  tape_fd = rexec (&host, rexecserv->s_port, user, NULL,
+		   "/etc/rmt", (int *) NULL);
+  fclose (stdin);
+  fdopen (save_stdin, "r");
+  fclose (stdout);
+  fdopen (save_stdout, "w");
+
+  return tape_fd;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_NETDB_H */
+
+/* Open a magtape device on the system specified in PATH, as the given user.
+   PATH has the form `[user@]system:/dev/????'.
+   If COMPAT is defined, it can also have the form `system[.user]:/dev/????'.
+
+   OFLAG is O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY, etc.
+   MODE is ignored; 0666 is always used.
+
+   If successful, return the remote tape pipe number plus BIAS.
+   On error, return -1.  */
+
+int
+__rmt_open (path, oflag, mode, bias, remote_shell)
+     char *path;
+     int oflag;
+     int mode;
+     int bias;
+     const char *remote_shell;
+{
+  int i, rc;
+  char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];	/* Command buffer.  */
+  char system[MAXHOSTLEN];	/* The remote host name.  */
+  char device[CMDBUFSIZE];	/* The remote device name.  */
+  char login[CMDBUFSIZE];	/* The remote user name.  */
+  char *sys, *dev, *user;	/* For copying into the above buffers.  */
+
+  sys = system;
+  dev = device;
+  user = login;
+
+  /* Find an unused pair of file descriptors.  */
+
+  for (i = 0; i < MAXUNIT; i++)
+    if (READ (i) == -1 && WRITE (i) == -1)
+      break;
+
+  if (i == MAXUNIT)
+    {
+      errno = EMFILE;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Pull apart the system and device, and optional user.
+     Don't munge the original string.  */
+
+  while (*path != '@'
+#ifdef COMPAT
+	 && *path != '.'
+#endif
+	 && *path != ':')
+    {
+      *sys++ = *path++;
+    }
+  *sys = '\0';
+  path++;
+
+  if (*(path - 1) == '@')
+    {
+      /* Saw user part of user@host.  Start over. */
+      strcpy (user, system);
+      sys = system;
+      while (*path != ':')
+	{
+	  *sys++ = *path++;
+	}
+      *sys = '\0';
+      path++;
+    }
+#ifdef COMPAT
+  else if (*(path - 1) == '.')
+    {
+      while (*path != ':')
+	{
+	  *user++ = *path++;
+	}
+      *user = '\0';
+      path++;
+    }
+#endif
+  else
+    *user = '\0';
+
+  while (*path)
+    {
+      *dev++ = *path++;
+    }
+  *dev = '\0';
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+  /* Execute the remote command using rexec.  */
+  READ (i) = WRITE (i) = _rmt_rexec (system, login);
+  if (READ (i) < 0)
+    return -1;
+#else /* !HAVE_NETDB_H */
+  /* Set up the pipes for the `rsh' command, and fork.  */
+
+  if (pipe (to_rmt[i]) == -1 || pipe (from_rmt[i]) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  rc = fork ();
+  if (rc == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (rc == 0)
+    {
+      /* Child.  */
+      close (0);
+      dup (to_rmt[i][0]);
+      close (to_rmt[i][0]);
+      close (to_rmt[i][1]);
+
+      close (1);
+      dup (from_rmt[i][1]);
+      close (from_rmt[i][0]);
+      close (from_rmt[i][1]);
+
+      setuid (getuid ());
+      setgid (getgid ());
+
+      if (*login)
+	{
+	  /* Debian hack: added remote shell command line option.
+	     (98/5/20) -BEM */
+	  if (remote_shell) {
+	    const char *remote_shell_basename;
+	    remote_shell_basename = strrchr (remote_shell, '/');
+	    if (remote_shell_basename)
+	      remote_shell_basename++;
+	    else
+	      remote_shell_basename = remote_shell;
+	    execl (remote_shell, remote_shell_basename, system, "-l", login,
+		 "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
+	  } else {
+	  execl ("/usr/bin/ssh", "ssh", system, "-l", login,
+		 "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
+	  execl ("/usr/bin/rsh", "rsh", system, "-l", login,
+		 "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
+	  }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Debian hack: added remote shell command line option.
+	     (98/5/20) -BEM */
+	  if (remote_shell) {
+	    const char *remote_shell_basename;
+	    remote_shell_basename = strrchr (remote_shell, '/');
+	    if (remote_shell_basename)
+	      remote_shell_basename++;
+	    else
+	      remote_shell_basename = remote_shell;
+	    execl (remote_shell, remote_shell_basename, system,
+		 "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
+	  } else {
+	  execl ("/usr/bin/ssh", "ssh", system,
+		 "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
+	  execl ("/usr/bin/rsh", "rsh", system,
+		 "/etc/rmt", (char *) 0);
+	  }
+	}
+
+      /* Bad problems if we get here.  */
+
+      perror (_("cannot execute remote shell"));
+      _exit (1);
+    }
+
+  /* Parent.  */
+  close (to_rmt[i][0]);
+  close (from_rmt[i][1]);
+#endif /* !HAVE_NETDB_H */
+
+  /* Attempt to open the tape device.  */
+
+  sprintf (buffer, "O%s\n%d\n", device, oflag);
+  if (command (i, buffer) == -1 || status (i) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  return i + bias;
+}
+
+/* Close remote tape connection FILDES and shut down.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 on error.  */
+
+int
+__rmt_close (fildes)
+     int fildes;
+{
+  int rc;
+
+  if (command (fildes, "C\n") == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  rc = status (fildes);
+  _rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Read up to NBYTE bytes into BUF from remote tape connection FILDES.
+   Return the number of bytes read on success, -1 on error.  */
+
+int
+__rmt_read (fildes, buf, nbyte)
+     int fildes;
+     char *buf;
+     unsigned int nbyte;
+{
+  int rc, i;
+  char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
+
+  sprintf (buffer, "R%d\n", nbyte);
+  if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1 || (rc = status (fildes)) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < rc; i += nbyte, buf += nbyte)
+    {
+      nbyte = read (READ (fildes), buf, rc - i);
+      if (nbyte <= 0)
+	{
+	  _rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+	  errno = EIO;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+/* Write NBYTE bytes from BUF to remote tape connection FILDES.
+   Return the number of bytes written on success, -1 on error.  */
+
+int
+__rmt_write (fildes, buf, nbyte)
+     int fildes;
+     char *buf;
+     unsigned int nbyte;
+{
+  char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
+  RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) ();
+
+  sprintf (buffer, "W%d\n", nbyte);
+  if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  pipe_handler = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
+  if (write (WRITE (fildes), buf, nbyte) == nbyte)
+    {
+      signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
+      return status (fildes);
+    }
+
+  /* Write error.  */
+  signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
+  _rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+  errno = EIO;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Perform an imitation lseek operation on remote tape connection FILDES.
+   Return the new file offset if successful, -1 if on error.  */
+
+long
+__rmt_lseek (fildes, offset, whence)
+     int fildes;
+     long offset;
+     int whence;
+{
+  char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
+
+  sprintf (buffer, "L%ld\n%d\n", offset, whence);
+  if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1)
+    return -1;
+
+  return status (fildes);
+}
+
+/* Perform a raw tape operation on remote tape connection FILDES.
+   Return the results of the ioctl, or -1 on error.  */
+
+#ifdef MTIOCTOP
+int
+__rmt_ioctl (fildes, op, arg)
+     int fildes, op;
+     char *arg;
+{
+  char c;
+  int rc, cnt;
+  char buffer[CMDBUFSIZE];
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    default:
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+
+    case MTIOCTOP:
+      /* MTIOCTOP is the easy one.  Nothing is transfered in binary.  */
+      sprintf (buffer, "I%d\n%d\n", ((struct mtop *) arg)->mt_op,
+	       ((struct mtop *) arg)->mt_count);
+      if (command (fildes, buffer) == -1)
+	return -1;
+      return status (fildes);	/* Return the count.  */
+
+    case MTIOCGET:
+      /* Grab the status and read it directly into the structure.
+	 This assumes that the status buffer is not padded
+	 and that 2 shorts fit in a long without any word
+	 alignment problems; i.e., the whole struct is contiguous.
+	 NOTE - this is probably NOT a good assumption.  */
+
+      if (command (fildes, "S") == -1 || (rc = status (fildes)) == -1)
+	return -1;
+
+      for (; rc > 0; rc -= cnt, arg += cnt)
+	{
+	  cnt = read (READ (fildes), arg, rc);
+	  if (cnt <= 0)
+	    {
+	      _rmt_shutdown (fildes);
+	      errno = EIO;
+	      return -1;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Check for byte position.  mt_type is a small integer field
+	 (normally) so we will check its magnitude.  If it is larger than
+	 256, we will assume that the bytes are swapped and go through
+	 and reverse all the bytes.  */
+
+      if (((struct mtget *) arg)->mt_type < 256)
+	return 0;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < rc; cnt += 2)
+	{
+	  c = arg[cnt];
+	  arg[cnt] = arg[cnt + 1];
+	  arg[cnt + 1] = c;
+	}
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/safe-stat.h b/src/safe-stat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a37970
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/safe-stat.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#define SAFE_STAT(path,pbuf) stat(path,pbuf)
diff --git a/src/strdup.c b/src/strdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b486ca
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/strdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* strdup.c -- return a newly allocated copy of a string
+   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *malloc ();
+char *strcpy ();
+#endif
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of STR,
+   or 0 if out of memory. */
+
+char *
+strdup (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  char *newstr;
+
+  newstr = (char *) malloc (strlen (str) + 1);
+  if (newstr)
+    strcpy (newstr, str);
+  return newstr;
+}
diff --git a/src/strerror.c b/src/strerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a838ed5
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/strerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* This file is part of GNU Radius.
+   Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
+  
+   GNU Radius is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+  
+   GNU Radius is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+  
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with GNU Radius; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST)
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_SYS_ERRLIST
+extern char *sys_errlist[];
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_SYS_NERR
+extern int sys_nerr;
+#endif
+
+char *
+strerror (int err)
+{
+  static char buf[80];
+
+  if (err > sys_nerr)
+    {
+      sprintf(buf, _("error %d"), err);
+      return buf;
+    }
+  return sys_errlist[err];
+}
+
+#else
+
+char *
+strerror (int err)
+{
+        static char buf[80];
+
+        sprintf(buf, _("error %d"), err);
+        return buf;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_ERRLIST */
+
+
diff --git a/src/stripslash.c b/src/stripslash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4512262
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/stripslash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* stripslash.c -- remove trailing slashes from a string
+   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.
+   This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that
+   adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because
+   the Unix rename and rmdir system calls return an "Invalid argument" error
+   when given a path that ends in "/" (except for the root directory).  */
+
+void
+strip_trailing_slashes (path)
+     char *path;
+{
+  int last;
+
+  last = strlen (path) - 1;
+  while (last > 0 && path[last] == '/')
+    path[last--] = '\0';
+}
diff --git a/src/system.h b/src/system.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..275697e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/system.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* System dependent declarations.  Requires sys/types.h.
+   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef index
+# define index	strchr
+#endif
+#ifndef rindex
+# define rindex	strrchr
+#endif
+#ifndef bcmp
+# define bcmp(s1, s2, n)	memcmp ((s1), (s2), (n))
+#endif
+#ifndef bzero
+# define bzero(s, n)	memset ((s), 0, (n))
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRDUP
+# ifdef __STDC__
+char *strdup (const char *s);
+# else /* !__STDC__ */
+char *strdup ();
+# endif /* __STDC__ */
+#endif
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+# define SEEK_SET 0
+# define SEEK_CUR 1
+# define SEEK_END 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
+# if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+typedef long off_t;
+# endif
+off_t lseek ();
+#endif
+
+/* Since major is a function on SVR4, we can't use `ifndef major'.  */
+#ifdef MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
+# include <sys/mkdev.h>
+# define HAVE_MAJOR
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
+# include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+# define HAVE_MAJOR
+#endif
+
+#ifdef major			/* Might be defined in sys/types.h.  */
+# define HAVE_MAJOR
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_MAJOR
+# define major(dev) (((dev) >> 8) & 0xff)
+# define minor(dev) ((dev) & 0xff)
+# defin makedev(ma, mi) (((ma) << 8) | (mi))
+#endif
+#undef HAVE_MAJOR
+
+#if defined(__MSDOS__) || defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(HAVE_FCNTL_H)
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#else
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifdef __EMX__			/* gcc on OS/2.  */
+# define EPERM EACCES
+# define ENXIO EIO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME_H
+# include <utime.h>
+#else
+struct utimbuf
+{
+  time_t actime;
+  time_t modtime;
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TRUE
+# undef TRUE
+#endif
+#define TRUE 1
+#ifdef FALSE
+# undef FALSE
+#endif
+#define FALSE 0
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+#define CONSOLE "/dev/tty"
+#else
+#define CONSOLE "con"
+#endif
+
+/* On most systems symlink() always creates links with rwxrwxrwx
+   protection modes, but on some (HP/UX 8.07; I think maybe DEC's OSF
+   on MIPS too) symlink() uses the value of umask, so links' protection modes
+   aren't always rwxrwxrwx.  There doesn't seem to be any way to change
+   the modes of a link (no system call like, say, lchmod() ), it seems
+   the only way to set the modes right is to set umask before calling
+   symlink(). */
+
+#ifndef SYMLINK_USES_UMASK
+# define UMASKED_SYMLINK(name1,name2,mode)    symlink(name1,name2)
+#else
+# define UMASKED_SYMLINK(name1,name2,mode)    umasked_symlink(name1,name2,mode)
+#endif /* SYMLINK_USES_UMASK */
+
diff --git a/src/tar.c b/src/tar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05569c5
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/tar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+/* tar.c - read in write tar headers for cpio
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "filetypes.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "cpiohdr.h"
+#include "dstring.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "rmt.h"
+#include "tarhdr.h"
+
+static void to_oct ();
+static char *stash_tar_linkname ();
+static char *stash_tar_filename ();
+
+/* Compute and return a checksum for TAR_HDR,
+   counting the checksum bytes as if they were spaces.  */
+
+unsigned long
+tar_checksum (tar_hdr)
+     struct tar_header *tar_hdr;
+{
+  unsigned long sum = 0;
+  char *p = (char *) tar_hdr;
+  char *q = p + TARRECORDSIZE;
+  int i;
+
+  while (p < tar_hdr->chksum)
+    sum += *p++ & 0xff;
+  for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i)
+    {
+      sum += ' ';
+      ++p;
+    }
+  while (p < q)
+    sum += *p++ & 0xff;
+  return sum;
+}
+
+/* Write out header FILE_HDR, including the file name, to file
+   descriptor OUT_DES.  */
+
+void
+write_out_tar_header (file_hdr, out_des)
+     struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+     int out_des;
+{
+  int name_len;
+  union tar_record tar_rec;
+  struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) &tar_rec;
+
+  bzero ((char *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE);
+
+  /* process_copy_out must ensure that file_hdr->c_name is short enough,
+     or we will lose here.  */
+
+  name_len = strlen (file_hdr->c_name);
+  if (name_len <= TARNAMESIZE)
+    {
+      strncpy (tar_hdr->name, file_hdr->c_name, name_len);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Fit as much as we can into `name', the rest into `prefix'.  */
+      char *suffix = file_hdr->c_name + name_len - TARNAMESIZE;
+
+      /* We have to put the boundary at a slash.  */
+      name_len = TARNAMESIZE;
+      while (*suffix != '/')
+	{
+	  --name_len;
+	  ++suffix;
+	}
+      strncpy (tar_hdr->name, suffix + 1, name_len);
+      strncpy (tar_hdr->prefix, file_hdr->c_name, suffix - file_hdr->c_name);
+    }
+
+  /* SVR4 seems to want the whole mode, not just protection modes.
+     Nobody else seems to care, so we might as well put it all in.  */
+  to_oct (file_hdr->c_mode, 8, tar_hdr->mode);
+  to_oct (file_hdr->c_uid, 8, tar_hdr->uid);
+  to_oct (file_hdr->c_gid, 8, tar_hdr->gid);
+  to_oct (file_hdr->c_filesize, 12, tar_hdr->size);
+  to_oct (file_hdr->c_mtime, 12, tar_hdr->mtime);
+
+  switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
+    {
+    case CP_IFREG:
+      if (file_hdr->c_tar_linkname)
+	{
+	  /* process_copy_out makes sure that c_tar_linkname is shorter
+	     than TARLINKNAMESIZE.  */
+	  strncpy (tar_hdr->linkname, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname,
+		   TARLINKNAMESIZE);
+	  tar_hdr->typeflag = LNKTYPE;
+	  to_oct (0, 12, tar_hdr->size);
+	}
+      else
+	tar_hdr->typeflag = REGTYPE;
+      break;
+    case CP_IFDIR:
+      tar_hdr->typeflag = DIRTYPE;
+      break;
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+    case CP_IFCHR:
+      tar_hdr->typeflag = CHRTYPE;
+      break;
+    case CP_IFBLK:
+      tar_hdr->typeflag = BLKTYPE;
+      break;
+#ifdef CP_IFIFO
+    case CP_IFIFO:
+      tar_hdr->typeflag = FIFOTYPE;
+      break;
+#endif /* CP_IFIFO */
+#ifdef CP_IFLNK
+    case CP_IFLNK:
+      tar_hdr->typeflag = SYMTYPE;
+      /* process_copy_out makes sure that c_tar_linkname is shorter
+	 than TARLINKNAMESIZE.  */
+      strncpy (tar_hdr->linkname, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname,
+	       TARLINKNAMESIZE);
+      to_oct (0, 12, tar_hdr->size);
+      break;
+#endif /* CP_IFLNK */
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */
+    }
+
+  if (archive_format == arf_ustar)
+    {
+      char *name;
+
+      strncpy (tar_hdr->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN);
+      strncpy (tar_hdr->magic + TMAGLEN, TVERSION, TVERSLEN);
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+      name = getuser (file_hdr->c_uid);
+      if (name)
+	strcpy (tar_hdr->uname, name);
+      name = getgroup (file_hdr->c_gid);
+      if (name)
+	strcpy (tar_hdr->gname, name);
+#endif
+
+      to_oct (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, 8, tar_hdr->devmajor);
+      to_oct (file_hdr->c_rdev_min, 8, tar_hdr->devminor);
+    }
+
+  to_oct (tar_checksum (tar_hdr), 8, tar_hdr->chksum);
+
+  tape_buffered_write ((char *) &tar_rec, out_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero iff all the bytes in BLOCK are NUL.
+   SIZE is the number of bytes to check in BLOCK; it must be a
+   multiple of sizeof (long).  */
+
+int
+null_block (block, size)
+     long *block;
+     int size;
+{
+  register long *p = block;
+  register int i = size / sizeof (long);
+
+  while (i--)
+    if (*p++)
+      return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Read a tar header, including the file name, from file descriptor IN_DES
+   into FILE_HDR.  */
+
+void
+read_in_tar_header (file_hdr, in_des)
+     struct new_cpio_header *file_hdr;
+     int in_des;
+{
+  long bytes_skipped = 0;
+  int warned = FALSE;
+  union tar_record tar_rec;
+  struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) &tar_rec;
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  uid_t *uidp;
+  gid_t *gidp;
+#endif
+
+  tape_buffered_read ((char *) &tar_rec, in_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
+
+  /* Check for a block of 0's.  */
+  if (null_block ((long *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE))
+    {
+#if 0
+      /* Found one block of 512 0's.  If the next block is also all 0's
+	 then this is the end of the archive.  If not, assume the
+	 previous block was all corruption and continue reading
+	 the archive.  */
+      /* Commented out because GNU tar sometimes creates archives with
+	 only one block of 0's at the end.  This happened for the
+	 cpio 2.0 distribution!  */
+      tape_buffered_read ((char *) &tar_rec, in_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
+      if (null_block ((long *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE))
+#endif
+	{
+	  file_hdr->c_name = "TRAILER!!!";
+	  return;
+	}
+#if 0
+      bytes_skipped = TARRECORDSIZE;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      otoa (tar_hdr->chksum, &file_hdr->c_chksum);
+
+      if (file_hdr->c_chksum != tar_checksum (tar_hdr))
+	{
+	  /* If the checksum is bad, skip 1 byte and try again.  When
+	     we try again we do not look for an EOF record (all zeros),
+	     because when we start skipping bytes in a corrupted archive
+	     the chances are pretty good that we might stumble across
+	     2 blocks of 512 zeros (that probably is not really the last
+	     record) and it is better to miss the EOF and give the user
+	     a "premature EOF" error than to give up too soon on a corrupted
+	     archive.  */
+	  if (!warned)
+	    {
+	      error (0, 0, _("invalid header: checksum error"));
+	      warned = TRUE;
+	    }
+	  bcopy (((char *) &tar_rec) + 1, (char *) &tar_rec,
+		 TARRECORDSIZE - 1);
+	  tape_buffered_read (((char *) &tar_rec) + (TARRECORDSIZE - 1), in_des, 1);
+	  ++bytes_skipped;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (archive_format != arf_ustar)
+	file_hdr->c_name = stash_tar_filename (NULL, tar_hdr->name);
+      else
+	file_hdr->c_name = stash_tar_filename (tar_hdr->prefix, tar_hdr->name);
+      file_hdr->c_nlink = 1;
+      otoa (tar_hdr->mode, &file_hdr->c_mode);
+      file_hdr->c_mode = file_hdr->c_mode & 07777;
+  /* Debian hack: This version of cpio uses the -n flag also to extract
+     tar archives using the numeric UID/GID instead of the user/group
+     names in /etc/passwd and /etc/groups.  (98/10/15) -BEM */
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+      if (archive_format == arf_ustar && !numeric_uid
+	  && (uidp = getuidbyname (tar_hdr->uname)))
+	file_hdr->c_uid = *uidp;
+      else
+#endif
+	otoa (tar_hdr->uid, &file_hdr->c_uid);
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+      if (archive_format == arf_ustar && !numeric_uid
+	  && (gidp = getgidbyname (tar_hdr->gname)))
+	file_hdr->c_gid = *gidp;
+      else
+#endif
+	otoa (tar_hdr->gid, &file_hdr->c_gid);
+      otoa (tar_hdr->size, &file_hdr->c_filesize);
+      otoa (tar_hdr->mtime, &file_hdr->c_mtime);
+      otoa (tar_hdr->devmajor, (unsigned long *) &file_hdr->c_rdev_maj);
+      otoa (tar_hdr->devminor, (unsigned long *) &file_hdr->c_rdev_min);
+      file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = NULL;
+
+      switch (tar_hdr->typeflag)
+	{
+	case REGTYPE:
+	case CONTTYPE:		/* For now, punt.  */
+	default:
+	  file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
+	  break;
+	case DIRTYPE:
+	  file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
+	  break;
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+	case CHRTYPE:
+	  file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFCHR;
+	  /* If a POSIX tar header has a valid linkname it's always supposed
+	     to set typeflag to be LNKTYPE.  System V.4 tar seems to
+	     be broken, and for device files with multiple links it
+	     puts the name of the link into linkname, but leaves typeflag 
+	     as CHRTYPE, BLKTYPE, FIFOTYPE, etc.  */
+	  file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
+
+	  /* Does POSIX say that the filesize must be 0 for devices?  We
+	     assume so, but HPUX's POSIX tar sets it to be 1 which causes
+	     us problems (when reading an archive we assume we can always
+	     skip to the next file by skipping filesize bytes).  For 
+	     now at least, it's easier to clear filesize for devices,
+	     rather than check everywhere we skip in copyin.c.  */
+	  file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
+	  break;
+	case BLKTYPE:
+	  file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFBLK;
+	  file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
+	  file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
+	  break;
+#ifdef CP_IFIFO
+	case FIFOTYPE:
+	  file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFIFO;
+	  file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
+	  file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
+	  break;
+#endif
+	case SYMTYPE:
+#ifdef CP_IFLNK
+	  file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFLNK;
+	  file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
+	  file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
+	  break;
+	  /* Else fall through.  */
+#endif
+	case LNKTYPE:
+	  file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
+	  file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
+	  file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
+	  break;
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */
+	case AREGTYPE:
+	  /* Old tar format; if the last char in filename is '/' then it is
+	     a directory, otherwise it's a regular file.  */
+	  if (file_hdr->c_name[strlen (file_hdr->c_name) - 1] == '/')
+	    file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
+	  else
+	    file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
+	  break;
+	}
+      break;
+    }
+  if (bytes_skipped > 0)
+    error (0, 0, _("warning: skipped %ld bytes of junk"), bytes_skipped);
+}
+
+/* Stash the tar linkname in static storage.  */
+
+static char *
+stash_tar_linkname (linkname)
+     char *linkname;
+{
+  static char hold_tar_linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE + 1];
+
+  strncpy (hold_tar_linkname, linkname, TARLINKNAMESIZE);
+  hold_tar_linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE] = '\0';
+  return hold_tar_linkname;
+}
+
+/* Stash the tar filename and optional prefix in static storage.  */
+
+static char *
+stash_tar_filename (prefix, filename)
+     char *prefix;
+     char *filename;
+{
+  static char hold_tar_filename[TARNAMESIZE + TARPREFIXSIZE + 2];
+  if (prefix == NULL || *prefix == '\0')
+    {
+      strncpy (hold_tar_filename, filename, TARNAMESIZE);
+      hold_tar_filename[TARNAMESIZE] = '\0';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      strncpy (hold_tar_filename, prefix, TARPREFIXSIZE);
+      hold_tar_filename[TARPREFIXSIZE] = '\0';
+      strcat (hold_tar_filename, "/");
+      strncat (hold_tar_filename, filename, TARNAMESIZE);
+      hold_tar_filename[TARPREFIXSIZE + TARNAMESIZE] = '\0';
+    }
+  return hold_tar_filename;
+}
+
+/* Convert the string of octal digits S into a number and store
+   it in *N.  Return nonzero if the whole string was converted,
+   zero if there was something after the number.
+   Skip leading and trailing spaces.  */
+
+int
+otoa (s, n)
+     char *s;
+     unsigned long *n;
+{
+  unsigned long val = 0;
+
+  while (*s == ' ')
+    ++s;
+  while (*s >= '0' && *s <= '7')
+    val = 8 * val + *s++ - '0';
+  while (*s == ' ')
+    ++s;
+  *n = val;
+  return *s == '\0';
+}
+
+/* Convert a number into a string of octal digits.
+   Convert long VALUE into a DIGITS-digit field at WHERE,
+   including a trailing space and room for a NUL.  DIGITS==3 means
+   1 digit, a space, and room for a NUL.
+
+   We assume the trailing NUL is already there and don't fill it in.
+   This fact is used by start_header and finish_header, so don't change it!
+
+   This is be equivalent to:
+   sprintf (where, "%*lo ", digits - 2, value);
+   except that sprintf fills in the trailing NUL and we don't.  */
+
+static void
+to_oct (value, digits, where)
+     register long value;
+     register int digits;
+     register char *where;
+{
+  --digits;			/* Leave the trailing NUL slot alone.  */
+
+  /* Produce the digits -- at least one.  */
+  do
+    {
+      where[--digits] = '0' + (char) (value & 7); /* One octal digit.  */
+      value >>= 3;
+    }
+  while (digits > 0 && value != 0);
+
+  /* Add leading spaces, if necessary.  */
+  while (digits > 0)
+    where[--digits] = ' ';
+}
+
+/* Return
+   2 if BUF is a valid POSIX tar header (the checksum is correct
+   and it has the "ustar" magic string),
+   1 if BUF is a valid old tar header (the checksum is correct),
+   0 otherwise.  */
+
+int
+is_tar_header (buf)
+     char *buf;
+{
+  struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) buf;
+  unsigned long chksum;
+
+  otoa (tar_hdr->chksum, &chksum);
+
+  if (chksum != tar_checksum (tar_hdr))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* GNU tar 1.10 and previous set the magic field to be "ustar " instead
+     of "ustar\0".  Only look at the first 5 characters of the magic
+     field so we can recognize old GNU tar ustar archives.  */
+  if (!strncmp (tar_hdr->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN - 1))
+      return 2;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Return TRUE if the filename is too long to fit in a tar header.
+   For old tar headers, if the filename's length is less than or equal
+   to 100 then it will fit, otherwise it will not.  For POSIX tar headers,
+   if the filename's length is less than or equal to 100 then it
+   will definitely fit, and if it is greater than 256 then it
+   will definitely not fit.  If the length is between 100 and 256,
+   then the filename will fit only if it is possible to break it
+   into a 155 character "prefix" and 100 character "name".  There
+   must be a slash between the "prefix" and the "name", although
+   the slash is not stored or counted in either the "prefix" or
+   the "name", and there must be at least one character in both
+   the "prefix" and the "name".  If it is not possible to break down
+   the filename like this then it will not fit.  */
+
+int
+is_tar_filename_too_long (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  int whole_name_len;
+  int prefix_name_len;
+  char *p;
+
+  whole_name_len = strlen (name);
+  if (whole_name_len <= TARNAMESIZE)
+    return FALSE;
+
+  if (archive_format != arf_ustar)
+    return TRUE;
+
+  if (whole_name_len > TARNAMESIZE + TARPREFIXSIZE + 1)
+    return TRUE;
+
+  /* See whether we can split up the name into acceptably-sized
+     `prefix' and `name' (`p') pieces.  Start out by making `name'
+     as big as possible, then shrink it by looking for the first '/'.  */
+  p = name + whole_name_len - TARNAMESIZE;
+  while (*p != '/' && *p != '\0')
+    ++p;
+  if (*p == '\0')
+    /* The last component of the path is longer than TARNAMESIZE.  */
+    return TRUE;
+
+  prefix_name_len = p - name - 1;
+  /* Interestingly, a name consisting of a slash followed by
+     TARNAMESIZE characters can't be stored, because the prefix
+     would be empty, and thus ignored.  */
+  if (prefix_name_len > TARPREFIXSIZE || prefix_name_len == 0)
+    return TRUE;
+
+  return FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/src/tar.h b/src/tar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79f289e
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/tar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Extended tar format from POSIX.1.
+   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by David J. MacKenzie.
+
+This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 
+59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_TAR_H
+
+#define	_TAR_H	1
+
+
+/* A tar archive consists of 512-byte blocks.
+   Each file in the archive has a header block followed by 0+ data blocks.
+   Two blocks of NUL bytes indicate the end of the archive.  */
+
+/* The fields of header blocks:
+   All strings are stored as ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings.
+
+   Fields are numeric unless otherwise noted below; numbers are ISO 646
+   representations of octal numbers, with leading zeros as needed.
+
+   linkname is only valid when typeflag==LNKTYPE.  It doesn't use prefix;
+   files that are links to pathnames >100 chars long can not be stored
+   in a tar archive.
+
+   If typeflag=={LNKTYPE,SYMTYPE,DIRTYPE} then size must be 0.
+
+   devmajor and devminor are only valid for typeflag=={BLKTYPE,CHRTYPE}.
+
+   chksum contains the sum of all 512 bytes in the header block,
+   treating each byte as an 8-bit unsigned value and treating the
+   8 bytes of chksum as blank characters.
+
+   uname and gname are used in preference to uid and gid, if those
+   names exist locally.
+
+   Field Name	Byte Offset	Length in Bytes	Field Type
+   name		0		100		NUL-terminated if NUL fits
+   mode		100		8
+   uid		108		8
+   gid		116		8
+   size		124		12
+   mtime	136		12
+   chksum	148		8
+   typeflag	156		1		see below
+   linkname	157		100		NUL-terminated if NUL fits
+   magic	257		6		must be TMAGIC (NUL term.)
+   version	263		2		must be TVERSION
+   uname	265		32		NUL-terminated
+   gname	297		32		NUL-terminated
+   devmajor	329		8
+   devminor	337		8
+   prefix	345		155		NUL-terminated if NUL fits
+
+   If the first character of prefix is '\0', the file name is name;
+   otherwise, it is prefix/name.  Files whose pathnames don't fit in that
+   length can not be stored in a tar archive.  */
+
+/* The bits in mode: */
+#define TSUID	04000
+#define TSGID	02000
+#define TSVTX	01000
+#define TUREAD	00400
+#define TUWRITE	00200
+#define TUEXEC	00100
+#define TGREAD	00040
+#define TGWRITE	00020
+#define TGEXEC	00010
+#define TOREAD	00004
+#define TOWRITE	00002
+#define TOEXEC	00001
+
+/* The values for typeflag:
+   Values 'A'-'Z' are reserved for custom implementations.
+   All other values are reserved for future POSIX.1 revisions.  */
+
+#define REGTYPE		'0'	/* Regular file (preferred code).  */
+#define AREGTYPE	'\0'	/* Regular file (alternate code).  */
+#define LNKTYPE		'1'	/* Hard link.  */
+#define SYMTYPE		'2'	/* Symbolic link (hard if not supported).  */
+#define CHRTYPE		'3'	/* Character special.  */
+#define BLKTYPE		'4'	/* Block special.  */
+#define DIRTYPE		'5'	/* Directory.  */
+#define FIFOTYPE	'6'	/* Named pipe.  */
+#define CONTTYPE	'7'	/* Contiguous file */
+				/* (regular file if not supported).  */
+
+/* Contents of magic field and its length.  */
+#define TMAGIC	"ustar"
+#define TMAGLEN	6
+
+/* Contents of the version field and its length.  */
+#define TVERSION "00"
+#define TVERSLEN 2
+
+
+#endif	/* tar.h */
diff --git a/src/tarhdr.h b/src/tarhdr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b1211d
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/tarhdr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Extended tar header from POSIX.1.
+   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _TARHDR_H
+
+#define _TARHDR_H 1
+
+#include <tar.h>
+
+/* Size of `name' field.  */
+#define TARNAMESIZE 100
+
+/* Size of `linkname' field.  */
+#define TARLINKNAMESIZE 100
+
+/* Size of `prefix' field.  */
+#define TARPREFIXSIZE 155
+
+/* Size of entire tar header.  */
+#define TARRECORDSIZE 512
+
+struct tar_header
+{
+  char name[TARNAMESIZE];
+  char mode[8];
+  char uid[8];
+  char gid[8];
+  char size[12];
+  char mtime[12];
+  char chksum[8];
+  char typeflag;
+  char linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE];
+  char magic[6];
+  char version[2];
+  char uname[32];
+  char gname[32];
+  char devmajor[8];
+  char devminor[8];
+  char prefix[TARPREFIXSIZE];
+};
+
+union tar_record
+{
+  struct tar_header header;
+  char buffer[TARRECORDSIZE];
+};
+
+#endif /* tarhdr.h */
diff --git a/src/userspec.c b/src/userspec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6def61f
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/userspec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/* userspec.c -- Parse a user and group string.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "system.h"
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else
+#ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#else
+char *alloca ();
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETPWNAM
+extern struct passwd *getpwnam (const char *name);
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETGRNAM
+extern struct group *getgrnam (const char *name);
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETGRGID
+extern struct group *getgrgid (gid_t gid);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_ENDPWENT
+# define endpwent()
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_ENDGRENT
+# define endgrent()
+#endif
+
+/* Perform the equivalent of the statement `dest = strdup (src);',
+   but obtaining storage via alloca instead of from the heap.  */
+
+#define V_STRDUP(dest, src)						\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      int _len = strlen ((src));					\
+      (dest) = (char *) alloca (_len + 1);				\
+      strcpy (dest, src);						\
+    }									\
+  while (0)
+
+/* Return nonzero if STR represents an unsigned decimal integer,
+   otherwise return 0. */
+
+static int
+isnumber (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  for (; *str; str++)
+    if (!isdigit (*str))
+      return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Extract from NAME, which has the form "[user][:.][group]",
+   a USERNAME, UID U, GROUPNAME, and GID G.
+   Either user or group, or both, must be present.
+   If the group is omitted but the ":" or "." separator is given,
+   use the given user's login group.
+
+   USERNAME and GROUPNAME will be in newly malloc'd memory.
+   Either one might be NULL instead, indicating that it was not
+   given and the corresponding numeric ID was left unchanged.
+
+   Return NULL if successful, a static error message string if not.  */
+
+const char *
+parse_user_spec (spec_arg, uid, gid, username_arg, groupname_arg)
+     const char *spec_arg;
+     uid_t *uid;
+     gid_t *gid;
+     char **username_arg, **groupname_arg;
+{
+  static const char *tired = "virtual memory exhausted";
+  const char *error_msg;
+  char *spec;			/* A copy we can write on.  */
+  struct passwd *pwd;
+  struct group *grp;
+  char *g, *u, *separator;
+  char *groupname;
+
+  error_msg = NULL;
+  *username_arg = *groupname_arg = NULL;
+  groupname = NULL;
+
+  V_STRDUP (spec, spec_arg);
+
+  /* Find the separator if there is one.  */
+  separator = index (spec, ':');
+  if (separator == NULL)
+    separator = index (spec, '.');
+
+  /* Replace separator with a NUL.  */
+  if (separator != NULL)
+    *separator = '\0';
+
+  /* Set U and G to non-zero length strings corresponding to user and
+     group specifiers or to NULL.  */
+  u = (*spec == '\0' ? NULL : spec);
+
+  g = (separator == NULL || *(separator + 1) == '\0'
+       ? NULL
+       : separator + 1);
+
+  if (u == NULL && g == NULL)
+    return "can not omit both user and group";
+
+  if (u != NULL)
+    {
+      pwd = getpwnam (u);
+      if (pwd == NULL)
+	{
+
+	  if (!isnumber (u))
+	    error_msg = _("invalid user");
+	  else
+	    {
+	      int use_login_group;
+	      use_login_group = (separator != NULL && g == NULL);
+	      if (use_login_group)
+		error_msg = _("cannot get the login group of a numeric UID");
+	      else
+		*uid = atoi (u);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  *uid = pwd->pw_uid;
+	  if (g == NULL && separator != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* A separator was given, but a group was not specified,
+	         so get the login group.  */
+	      *gid = pwd->pw_gid;
+	      grp = getgrgid (pwd->pw_gid);
+	      if (grp == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* This is enough room to hold the unsigned decimal
+		     representation of any 32-bit quantity and the trailing
+		     zero byte.  */
+		  char uint_buf[21];
+		  sprintf (uint_buf, "%u", (unsigned) (pwd->pw_gid));
+		  V_STRDUP (groupname, uint_buf);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  V_STRDUP (groupname, grp->gr_name);
+		}
+	      endgrent ();
+	    }
+	}
+      endpwent ();
+    }
+
+  if (g != NULL && error_msg == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Explicit group.  */
+      grp = getgrnam (g);
+      if (grp == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (!isnumber (g))
+	    error_msg = _("invalid group");
+	  else
+	    *gid = atoi (g);
+	}
+      else
+	*gid = grp->gr_gid;
+      endgrent ();		/* Save a file descriptor.  */
+
+      if (error_msg == NULL)
+	V_STRDUP (groupname, g);
+    }
+
+  if (error_msg == NULL)
+    {
+      if (u != NULL)
+	{
+	  *username_arg = strdup (u);
+	  if (*username_arg == NULL)
+	    error_msg = tired;
+	}
+
+      if (groupname != NULL && error_msg == NULL)
+	{
+	  *groupname_arg = strdup (groupname);
+	  if (*groupname_arg == NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (*username_arg != NULL)
+		{
+		  free (*username_arg);
+		  *username_arg = NULL;
+		}
+	      error_msg = tired;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return error_msg;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#define NULL_CHECK(s) ((s) == NULL ? "(null)" : (s))
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      const char *e;
+      char *username, *groupname;
+      uid_t uid;
+      gid_t gid;
+      char *tmp;
+
+      tmp = strdup (argv[i]);
+      e = parse_user_spec (tmp, &uid, &gid, &username, &groupname);
+      free (tmp);
+      printf ("%s: %u %u %s %s %s\n",
+	      argv[i],
+	      (unsigned int) uid,
+	      (unsigned int) gid,
+	      NULL_CHECK (username),
+	      NULL_CHECK (groupname),
+	      NULL_CHECK (e));
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/util.c b/src/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e98768c
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1376 @@
+/* util.c - Several utility routines for cpio.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "system.h"
+#include "cpiohdr.h"
+#include "dstring.h"
+#include "extern.h"
+#include "rmt.h"
+
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#else
+#include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H
+#include <sys/io/trioctl.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/mtio.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_ERRNO
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+static void tape_fill_input_buffer P_((int in_des, int num_bytes));
+static int disk_fill_input_buffer P_((int in_des, int num_bytes));
+static void hash_insert ();
+static void write_nuls_to_file P_((long num_bytes, int out_des));
+
+/* Write `output_size' bytes of `output_buffer' to file
+   descriptor OUT_DES and reset `output_size' and `out_buff'.  */
+
+void
+tape_empty_output_buffer (out_des)
+     int out_des;
+{
+  int bytes_written;
+
+#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER
+  static long output_bytes_before_lseek = 0;
+
+  /* Some tape drivers seem to have a signed internal seek pointer and
+     they lose if it overflows and becomes negative (e.g. when writing 
+     tapes > 2Gb).  Doing an lseek (des, 0, SEEK_SET) seems to reset the 
+     seek pointer and prevent it from overflowing.  */
+  if (output_is_special
+     && ( (output_bytes_before_lseek += output_size) >= 1073741824L) )
+    {
+      lseek(out_des, 0L, SEEK_SET);
+      output_bytes_before_lseek = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  bytes_written = rmtwrite (out_des, output_buffer, output_size);
+  if (bytes_written != output_size)
+    {
+      int rest_bytes_written;
+      int rest_output_size;
+
+      if (output_is_special
+	  && (bytes_written >= 0
+	      || (bytes_written < 0
+		  && (errno == ENOSPC || errno == EIO || errno == ENXIO))))
+	{
+	  get_next_reel (out_des);
+	  if (bytes_written > 0)
+	    rest_output_size = output_size - bytes_written;
+	  else
+	    rest_output_size = output_size;
+	  rest_bytes_written = rmtwrite (out_des, output_buffer,
+					 rest_output_size);
+	  if (rest_bytes_written != rest_output_size)
+	    error (1, errno, _("write error"));
+	}
+      else
+	error (1, errno, _("write error"));
+    }
+  output_bytes += output_size;
+  out_buff = output_buffer;
+  output_size = 0;
+}
+
+/* Write `output_size' bytes of `output_buffer' to file
+   descriptor OUT_DES and reset `output_size' and `out_buff'.
+   If `swapping_halfwords' or `swapping_bytes' is set,
+   do the appropriate swapping first.  Our callers have
+   to make sure to only set these flags if `output_size' 
+   is appropriate (a multiple of 4 for `swapping_halfwords',
+   2 for `swapping_bytes').  The fact that DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE
+   must always be a multiple of 4 helps us (and our callers)
+   insure this.  */
+
+void
+disk_empty_output_buffer (out_des)
+     int out_des;
+{
+  int bytes_written;
+
+  if (swapping_halfwords || swapping_bytes)
+    {
+      if (swapping_halfwords)
+	{
+	  int complete_words;
+	  complete_words = output_size / 4;
+	  swahw_array (output_buffer, complete_words);
+	  if (swapping_bytes)
+	    swab_array (output_buffer, 2 * complete_words);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  int complete_halfwords;
+	  complete_halfwords = output_size /2;
+	  swab_array (output_buffer, complete_halfwords);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (sparse_flag)
+    bytes_written = sparse_write (out_des, output_buffer, output_size);
+  else
+    bytes_written = write (out_des, output_buffer, output_size);
+
+  if (bytes_written != output_size)
+    {
+      error (1, errno, _("write error"));
+    }
+  output_bytes += output_size;
+  out_buff = output_buffer;
+  output_size = 0;
+}
+
+/* Exchange the halfwords of each element of the array of COUNT longs
+   starting at PTR.  PTR does not have to be aligned at a word
+   boundary.  */
+
+void
+swahw_array (ptr, count)
+     char *ptr;
+     int count;
+{
+  char tmp;
+
+  for (; count > 0; --count)
+    {
+      tmp = *ptr;
+      *ptr = *(ptr + 2);
+      *(ptr + 2) = tmp;
+      ++ptr;
+      tmp = *ptr;
+      *ptr = *(ptr + 2);
+      *(ptr + 2) = tmp;
+      ptr += 3;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Read at most NUM_BYTES or `io_block_size' bytes, whichever is smaller,
+   into the start of `input_buffer' from file descriptor IN_DES.
+   Set `input_size' to the number of bytes read and reset `in_buff'.
+   Exit with an error if end of file is reached.  */
+
+#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER
+static long input_bytes_before_lseek = 0;
+#endif
+
+static void
+tape_fill_input_buffer (in_des, num_bytes)
+     int in_des;
+     int num_bytes;
+{
+#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER
+  /* Some tape drivers seem to have a signed internal seek pointer and
+     they lose if it overflows and becomes negative (e.g. when writing 
+     tapes > 4Gb).  Doing an lseek (des, 0, SEEK_SET) seems to reset the 
+     seek pointer and prevent it from overflowing.  */
+  if (input_is_special
+      && ( (input_bytes_before_lseek += num_bytes) >= 1073741824L) )
+    {
+      lseek(in_des, 0L, SEEK_SET);
+      input_bytes_before_lseek = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+  in_buff = input_buffer;
+  num_bytes = (num_bytes < io_block_size) ? num_bytes : io_block_size;
+  input_size = rmtread (in_des, input_buffer, num_bytes);
+  if (input_size == 0 && input_is_special)
+    {
+      get_next_reel (in_des);
+      input_size = rmtread (in_des, input_buffer, num_bytes);
+    }
+  if (input_size < 0)
+    error (1, errno, _("read error"));
+  if (input_size == 0)
+    {
+      error (0, 0, _("premature end of file"));
+      exit (1);
+    }
+  input_bytes += input_size;
+}
+
+/* Read at most NUM_BYTES or `DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE' bytes, whichever is smaller,
+   into the start of `input_buffer' from file descriptor IN_DES.
+   Set `input_size' to the number of bytes read and reset `in_buff'.
+   Exit with an error if end of file is reached.  */
+
+static int
+disk_fill_input_buffer (in_des, num_bytes)
+     int in_des;
+     int num_bytes;
+{
+  in_buff = input_buffer;
+  num_bytes = (num_bytes < DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE) ? num_bytes : DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
+  input_size = read (in_des, input_buffer, num_bytes);
+  if (input_size < 0) 
+    {
+      input_size = 0;
+      return (-1);
+    }
+  else if (input_size == 0)
+    return (1);
+  input_bytes += input_size;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Copy NUM_BYTES of buffer IN_BUF to `out_buff', which may be partly full.
+   When `out_buff' fills up, flush it to file descriptor OUT_DES.  */
+
+void
+tape_buffered_write (in_buf, out_des, num_bytes)
+     char *in_buf;
+     int out_des;
+     long num_bytes;
+{
+  register long bytes_left = num_bytes;	/* Bytes needing to be copied.  */
+  register long space_left;	/* Room left in output buffer.  */
+
+  while (bytes_left > 0)
+    {
+      space_left = io_block_size - output_size;
+      if (space_left == 0)
+	tape_empty_output_buffer (out_des);
+      else
+	{
+	  if (bytes_left < space_left)
+	    space_left = bytes_left;
+	  bcopy (in_buf, out_buff, (unsigned) space_left);
+	  out_buff += space_left;
+	  output_size += space_left;
+	  in_buf += space_left;
+	  bytes_left -= space_left;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Copy NUM_BYTES of buffer IN_BUF to `out_buff', which may be partly full.
+   When `out_buff' fills up, flush it to file descriptor OUT_DES.  */
+
+void
+disk_buffered_write (in_buf, out_des, num_bytes)
+     char *in_buf;
+     int out_des;
+     long num_bytes;
+{
+  register long bytes_left = num_bytes;	/* Bytes needing to be copied.  */
+  register long space_left;	/* Room left in output buffer.  */
+
+  while (bytes_left > 0)
+    {
+      space_left = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE - output_size;
+      if (space_left == 0)
+	disk_empty_output_buffer (out_des);
+      else
+	{
+	  if (bytes_left < space_left)
+	    space_left = bytes_left;
+	  bcopy (in_buf, out_buff, (unsigned) space_left);
+	  out_buff += space_left;
+	  output_size += space_left;
+	  in_buf += space_left;
+	  bytes_left -= space_left;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Copy NUM_BYTES of buffer `in_buff' into IN_BUF.
+   `in_buff' may be partly full.
+   When `in_buff' is exhausted, refill it from file descriptor IN_DES.  */
+
+void
+tape_buffered_read (in_buf, in_des, num_bytes)
+     char *in_buf;
+     int in_des;
+     long num_bytes;
+{
+  register long bytes_left = num_bytes;	/* Bytes needing to be copied.  */
+  register long space_left;	/* Bytes to copy from input buffer.  */
+
+  while (bytes_left > 0)
+    {
+      if (input_size == 0)
+	tape_fill_input_buffer (in_des, io_block_size);
+      if (bytes_left < input_size)
+	space_left = bytes_left;
+      else
+	space_left = input_size;
+      bcopy (in_buff, in_buf, (unsigned) space_left);
+      in_buff += space_left;
+      in_buf += space_left;
+      input_size -= space_left;
+      bytes_left -= space_left;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Copy the the next NUM_BYTES bytes of `input_buffer' into PEEK_BUF.
+   If NUM_BYTES bytes are not available, read the next `io_block_size' bytes
+   into the end of `input_buffer' and update `input_size'.
+
+   Return the number of bytes copied into PEEK_BUF.
+   If the number of bytes returned is less than NUM_BYTES,
+   then EOF has been reached.  */
+
+int
+tape_buffered_peek (peek_buf, in_des, num_bytes)
+     char *peek_buf;
+     int in_des;
+     int num_bytes;
+{
+  long tmp_input_size;
+  long got_bytes;
+  char *append_buf;
+
+#ifdef BROKEN_LONG_TAPE_DRIVER
+  /* Some tape drivers seem to have a signed internal seek pointer and
+     they lose if it overflows and becomes negative (e.g. when writing 
+     tapes > 4Gb).  Doing an lseek (des, 0, SEEK_SET) seems to reset the 
+     seek pointer and prevent it from overflowing.  */
+  if (input_is_special
+      && ( (input_bytes_before_lseek += num_bytes) >= 1073741824L) )
+    {
+      lseek(in_des, 0L, SEEK_SET);
+      input_bytes_before_lseek = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (input_size < num_bytes)
+    {
+      append_buf = in_buff + input_size;
+      if ( (append_buf - input_buffer) >= input_buffer_size)
+	{
+	  /* We can keep up to 2 "blocks" (either the physical block size
+	     or 512 bytes(the size of a tar record), which ever is
+	     larger) in the input buffer when we are peeking.  We
+	     assume that our caller will never be interested in peeking
+	     ahead at more than 512 bytes, so we know that by the time
+	     we need a 3rd "block" in the buffer we can throw away the
+	     first block to make room.  */
+	  int half;
+	  half = input_buffer_size / 2;
+	  bcopy (input_buffer + half, input_buffer, half);
+	  in_buff = in_buff - half;
+	  append_buf = append_buf - half;
+	}
+      tmp_input_size = rmtread (in_des, append_buf, io_block_size);
+      if (tmp_input_size == 0)
+	{
+	  if (input_is_special)
+	    {
+	      get_next_reel (in_des);
+	      tmp_input_size = rmtread (in_des, append_buf, io_block_size);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    break;
+	}
+      if (tmp_input_size < 0)
+	error (1, errno, _("read error"));
+      input_bytes += tmp_input_size;
+      input_size += tmp_input_size;
+    }
+  if (num_bytes <= input_size)
+    got_bytes = num_bytes;
+  else
+    got_bytes = input_size;
+  bcopy (in_buff, peek_buf, (unsigned) got_bytes);
+  return got_bytes;
+}
+
+/* Skip the next NUM_BYTES bytes of file descriptor IN_DES.  */
+
+void
+tape_toss_input (in_des, num_bytes)
+     int in_des;
+     long num_bytes;
+{
+  register long bytes_left = num_bytes;	/* Bytes needing to be copied.  */
+  register long space_left;	/* Bytes to copy from input buffer.  */
+
+  while (bytes_left > 0)
+    {
+      if (input_size == 0)
+	tape_fill_input_buffer (in_des, io_block_size);
+      if (bytes_left < input_size)
+	space_left = bytes_left;
+      else
+	space_left = input_size;
+
+      if (crc_i_flag && only_verify_crc_flag)
+	{
+ 	  int k;
+	  for (k = 0; k < space_left; ++k)
+	    crc += in_buff[k] & 0xff;
+	}
+
+      in_buff += space_left;
+      input_size -= space_left;
+      bytes_left -= space_left;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Copy a file using the input and output buffers, which may start out
+   partly full.  After the copy, the files are not closed nor the last
+   block flushed to output, and the input buffer may still be partly
+   full.  If `crc_i_flag' is set, add each byte to `crc'.
+   IN_DES is the file descriptor for input;
+   OUT_DES is the file descriptor for output;
+   NUM_BYTES is the number of bytes to copy.  */
+
+void
+copy_files_tape_to_disk (in_des, out_des, num_bytes)
+     int in_des;
+     int out_des;
+     long num_bytes;
+{
+  long size;
+  long k;
+
+  while (num_bytes > 0)
+    {
+      if (input_size == 0)
+	tape_fill_input_buffer (in_des, io_block_size);
+      size = (input_size < num_bytes) ? input_size : num_bytes;
+      if (crc_i_flag)
+	{
+	  for (k = 0; k < size; ++k)
+	    crc += in_buff[k] & 0xff;
+	}
+      disk_buffered_write (in_buff, out_des, size);
+      num_bytes -= size;
+      input_size -= size;
+      in_buff += size;
+    }
+}
+/* Copy a file using the input and output buffers, which may start out
+   partly full.  After the copy, the files are not closed nor the last
+   block flushed to output, and the input buffer may still be partly
+   full.  If `crc_i_flag' is set, add each byte to `crc'.
+   IN_DES is the file descriptor for input;
+   OUT_DES is the file descriptor for output;
+   NUM_BYTES is the number of bytes to copy.  */
+
+void
+copy_files_disk_to_tape (in_des, out_des, num_bytes, filename)
+     int in_des;
+     int out_des;
+     long num_bytes;
+     char *filename;
+{
+  long size;
+  long k;
+  int rc;
+  long original_num_bytes;
+
+  original_num_bytes = num_bytes;
+
+  while (num_bytes > 0)
+    {
+      if (input_size == 0)
+	if (rc = disk_fill_input_buffer (in_des,
+	  num_bytes < DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE ?
+	  num_bytes : DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE))
+	  {
+	    if (rc > 0)
+	      error (0, 0, _("File %s shrunk by %ld bytes, padding with zeros"),
+				filename, num_bytes);
+	    else
+	      error (0, 0, _("Read error at byte %ld in file %s, padding with zeros"),
+			original_num_bytes - num_bytes, filename);
+	    write_nuls_to_file (num_bytes, out_des);
+	    break;
+	  }
+      size = (input_size < num_bytes) ? input_size : num_bytes;
+      if (crc_i_flag)
+	{
+	  for (k = 0; k < size; ++k)
+	    crc += in_buff[k] & 0xff;
+	}
+      tape_buffered_write (in_buff, out_des, size);
+      num_bytes -= size;
+      input_size -= size;
+      in_buff += size;
+    }
+}
+/* Copy a file using the input and output buffers, which may start out
+   partly full.  After the copy, the files are not closed nor the last
+   block flushed to output, and the input buffer may still be partly
+   full.  If `crc_i_flag' is set, add each byte to `crc'.
+   IN_DES is the file descriptor for input;
+   OUT_DES is the file descriptor for output;
+   NUM_BYTES is the number of bytes to copy.  */
+
+void
+copy_files_disk_to_disk (in_des, out_des, num_bytes, filename)
+     int in_des;
+     int out_des;
+     long num_bytes;
+     char *filename;
+{
+  long size;
+  long k;
+  long original_num_bytes;
+  int rc;
+
+  original_num_bytes = num_bytes;
+  while (num_bytes > 0)
+    {
+      if (input_size == 0)
+	if (rc = disk_fill_input_buffer (in_des, DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE))
+	  {
+	    if (rc > 0)
+	      error (0, 0, _("File %s shrunk by %ld bytes, padding with zeros"),
+				filename, num_bytes);
+	    else
+	      error (0, 0, _("Read error at byte %ld in file %s, padding with zeros"),
+			original_num_bytes - num_bytes, filename);
+	    write_nuls_to_file (num_bytes, out_des);
+	    break;
+	  }
+      size = (input_size < num_bytes) ? input_size : num_bytes;
+      if (crc_i_flag)
+	{
+	  for (k = 0; k < size; ++k)
+	    crc += in_buff[k] & 0xff;
+	}
+      disk_buffered_write (in_buff, out_des, size);
+      num_bytes -= size;
+      input_size -= size;
+      in_buff += size;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Warn if file changed while it was being copied.  */
+
+void
+warn_if_file_changed(file_name, old_file_size, old_file_mtime)
+     char *file_name;
+     unsigned long old_file_size;
+     unsigned long old_file_mtime;
+{
+  struct stat new_file_stat;
+  if ((*xstat) (file_name, &new_file_stat) < 0)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, "%s", file_name);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Only check growth, shrinkage detected in copy_files_disk_to_{disk,tape}()
+   */
+  if (new_file_stat.st_size > old_file_size)
+    error (0, 0, _("File %s grew, %ld new bytes not copied"),
+	   file_name, (long)(new_file_stat.st_size - old_file_size));
+
+  else if (new_file_stat.st_mtime != old_file_mtime)
+    error (0, 0, _("File %s was modified while being copied"), file_name);
+}
+
+/* Create all directories up to but not including the last part of NAME.
+   Do not destroy any nondirectories while creating directories.  */
+
+void
+create_all_directories (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  char *dir;
+  int   mode;
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+  int   cdf;
+#endif
+
+  dir = dirname (name);
+  mode = 0700;
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+  cdf = islastparentcdf (name);
+  if (cdf)
+    {
+      dir [strlen (dir) - 1] = '\0';	/* remove final + */
+      mode = 04700;
+    }
+  
+#endif
+  
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    error (2, 0, _("virtual memory exhausted"));
+
+  if (dir[0] != '.' || dir[1] != '\0')
+    make_path (dir, mode, 0700, -1, -1, (char *) NULL);
+
+  free (dir);
+}
+
+/* Prepare to append to an archive.  We have been in
+   process_copy_in, keeping track of the position where
+   the last header started in `last_header_start'.  Now we
+   have the starting position of the last header (the TRAILER!!!
+   header, or blank record for tar archives) and we want to start
+   writing (appending) over the last header.  The last header may
+   be in the middle of a block, so to keep the buffering in sync
+   we lseek back to the start of the block, read everything up
+   to but not including the last header, lseek back to the start
+   of the block, and then do a copy_buf_out of what we read.
+   Actually, we probably don't have to worry so much about keeping the
+   buffering perfect since you can only append to archives that
+   are disk files.  */
+
+void
+prepare_append (out_file_des)
+     int out_file_des;
+{
+  int start_of_header;
+  int start_of_block;
+  int useful_bytes_in_block;
+  char *tmp_buf;
+
+  start_of_header = last_header_start;
+  /* Figure out how many bytes we will rewrite, and where they start.  */
+  useful_bytes_in_block = start_of_header % io_block_size;
+  start_of_block = start_of_header - useful_bytes_in_block;
+
+  if (lseek (out_file_des, start_of_block, SEEK_SET) < 0)
+    error (1, errno, _("cannot seek on output"));
+  if (useful_bytes_in_block > 0)
+    {
+      tmp_buf = (char *) xmalloc (useful_bytes_in_block);
+      read (out_file_des, tmp_buf, useful_bytes_in_block);
+      if (lseek (out_file_des, start_of_block, SEEK_SET) < 0)
+	error (1, errno, _("cannot seek on output"));
+      /* fix juo -- is this copy_tape_buf_out?  or copy_disk? */
+      tape_buffered_write (tmp_buf, out_file_des, useful_bytes_in_block);
+      free (tmp_buf);
+    }
+
+  /* We are done reading the archive, so clear these since they
+     will now be used for reading in files that we are appending
+     to the archive.  */
+  input_size = 0;
+  input_bytes = 0;
+  in_buff = input_buffer;
+}
+
+/* Support for remembering inodes with multiple links.  Used in the
+   "copy in" and "copy pass" modes for making links instead of copying
+   the file.  */
+
+struct inode_val
+{
+  unsigned long inode;
+  unsigned long major_num;
+  unsigned long minor_num;
+  char *file_name;
+};
+
+/* Inode hash table.  Allocated by first call to add_inode.  */
+static struct inode_val **hash_table = NULL;
+
+/* Size of current hash table.  Initial size is 47.  (47 = 2*22 + 3) */
+static int hash_size = 22;
+
+/* Number of elements in current hash table.  */
+static int hash_num;
+
+/* Find the file name associated with NODE_NUM.  If there is no file
+   associated with NODE_NUM, return NULL.  */
+
+char *
+find_inode_file (node_num, major_num, minor_num)
+     unsigned long node_num;
+     unsigned long major_num;
+     unsigned long minor_num;
+{
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  int start;			/* Initial hash location.  */
+  int temp;			/* Rehash search variable.  */
+
+  if (hash_table != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Hash function is node number modulo the table size.  */
+      start = node_num % hash_size;
+
+      /* Initial look into the table.  */
+      if (hash_table[start] == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      if (hash_table[start]->inode == node_num
+	  && hash_table[start]->major_num == major_num
+	  && hash_table[start]->minor_num == minor_num)
+	return hash_table[start]->file_name;
+
+      /* The home position is full with a different inode record.
+	 Do a linear search terminated by a NULL pointer.  */
+      for (temp = (start + 1) % hash_size;
+	   hash_table[temp] != NULL && temp != start;
+	   temp = (temp + 1) % hash_size)
+	{
+	  if (hash_table[temp]->inode == node_num
+	      && hash_table[start]->major_num == major_num
+	      && hash_table[start]->minor_num == minor_num)
+	    return hash_table[temp]->file_name;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Associate FILE_NAME with the inode NODE_NUM.  (Insert into hash table.)  */
+
+void
+add_inode (node_num, file_name, major_num, minor_num)
+     unsigned long node_num;
+     char *file_name;
+     unsigned long major_num;
+     unsigned long minor_num;
+{
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  struct inode_val *temp;
+
+  /* Create new inode record.  */
+  temp = (struct inode_val *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct inode_val));
+  temp->inode = node_num;
+  temp->major_num = major_num;
+  temp->minor_num = minor_num;
+  temp->file_name = xstrdup (file_name);
+
+  /* Do we have to increase the size of (or initially allocate)
+     the hash table?  */
+  if (hash_num == hash_size || hash_table == NULL)
+    {
+      struct inode_val **old_table;	/* Pointer to old table.  */
+      int i;			/* Index for re-insert loop.  */
+
+      /* Save old table.  */
+      old_table = hash_table;
+      if (old_table == NULL)
+	hash_num = 0;
+
+      /* Calculate new size of table and allocate it.
+         Sequence of table sizes is 47, 97, 197, 397, 797, 1597, 3197, 6397 ...
+	 where 3197 and most of the sizes after 6397 are not prime.  The other
+	 numbers listed are prime.  */
+      hash_size = 2 * hash_size + 3;
+      hash_table = (struct inode_val **)
+	xmalloc (hash_size * sizeof (struct inode_val *));
+      bzero (hash_table, hash_size * sizeof (struct inode_val *));
+
+      /* Insert the values from the old table into the new table.  */
+      for (i = 0; i < hash_num; i++)
+	hash_insert (old_table[i]);
+
+      if (old_table != NULL)
+	free (old_table);
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new record and increment the count of elements in the
+      hash table.  */
+  hash_insert (temp);
+  hash_num++;
+#endif /* __MSDOS__ */
+}
+
+/* Do the hash insert.  Used in normal inserts and resizing the hash
+   table.  It is guaranteed that there is room to insert the item.
+   NEW_VALUE is the pointer to the previously allocated inode, file
+   name association record.  */
+
+static void
+hash_insert (new_value)
+     struct inode_val *new_value;
+{
+  int start;			/* Home position for the value.  */
+  int temp;			/* Used for rehashing.  */
+
+  /* Hash function is node number modulo the table size.  */
+  start = new_value->inode % hash_size;
+
+  /* Do the initial look into the table.  */
+  if (hash_table[start] == NULL)
+    {
+      hash_table[start] = new_value;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* If we get to here, the home position is full with a different inode
+     record.  Do a linear search for the first NULL pointer and insert
+     the new item there.  */
+  temp = (start + 1) % hash_size;
+  while (hash_table[temp] != NULL)
+    temp = (temp + 1) % hash_size;
+
+  /* Insert at the NULL.  */
+  hash_table[temp] = new_value;
+}
+
+/* Open FILE in the mode specified by the command line options
+   and return an open file descriptor for it,
+   or -1 if it can't be opened.  */
+
+int
+open_archive (file)
+     char *file;
+{
+  int fd;
+  void (*copy_in) ();		/* Workaround for pcc bug.  */
+
+  copy_in = process_copy_in;
+
+  if (copy_function == copy_in)
+    fd = rmtopen (file, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0666, rsh_command_option);
+  else
+    {
+      if (!append_flag)
+	fd = rmtopen (file, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_BINARY, 0666,
+			rsh_command_option);
+      else
+	fd = rmtopen (file, O_RDWR | O_BINARY, 0666, rsh_command_option);
+    }
+
+  return fd;
+}
+
+/* Attempt to rewind the tape drive on file descriptor TAPE_DES
+   and take it offline.  */
+
+void
+tape_offline (tape_des)
+     int tape_des;
+{
+#if defined(MTIOCTOP) && defined(MTOFFL)
+  struct mtop control;
+
+  control.mt_op = MTOFFL;
+  control.mt_count = 1;
+  rmtioctl (tape_des, MTIOCTOP, &control);	/* Don't care if it fails.  */
+#endif
+}
+
+/* The file on file descriptor TAPE_DES is assumed to be magnetic tape
+   (or floppy disk or other device) and the end of the medium
+   has been reached.  Ask the user for to mount a new "tape" to continue
+   the processing.  If the user specified the device name on the
+   command line (with the -I, -O, -F or --file options), then we can
+   automatically re-open the same device to use the next medium.  If the
+   user did not specify the device name, then we have to ask them which
+   device to use.  */
+
+void
+get_next_reel (tape_des)
+     int tape_des;
+{
+  static int reel_number = 1;
+  FILE *tty_in;			/* File for interacting with user.  */
+  FILE *tty_out;		/* File for interacting with user.  */
+  int old_tape_des;
+  char *next_archive_name;
+  dynamic_string new_name;
+  char *str_res;
+
+  ds_init (&new_name, 128);
+
+  /* Open files for interactive communication.  */
+  tty_in = fopen (CONSOLE, "r");
+  if (tty_in == NULL)
+    error (2, errno, CONSOLE);
+  tty_out = fopen (CONSOLE, "w");
+  if (tty_out == NULL)
+    error (2, errno, CONSOLE);
+
+  old_tape_des = tape_des;
+  tape_offline (tape_des);
+  rmtclose (tape_des);
+
+  /* Give message and wait for carrage return.  User should hit carrage return
+     only after loading the next tape.  */
+  ++reel_number;
+  if (new_media_message)
+    fprintf (tty_out, "%s", new_media_message);
+  else if (new_media_message_with_number)
+    fprintf (tty_out, "%s%d%s", new_media_message_with_number, reel_number,
+	     new_media_message_after_number);
+  else if (archive_name)
+    fprintf (tty_out, _("Found end of tape.  Load next tape and press RETURN. "));
+  else
+    fprintf (tty_out, _("Found end of tape.  To continue, type device/file name when ready.\n"));
+
+  fflush (tty_out);
+
+  if (archive_name)
+    {
+      int c;
+
+      do
+	c = getc (tty_in);
+      while (c != EOF && c != '\n');
+
+      tape_des = open_archive (archive_name);
+      if (tape_des == -1)
+	error (1, errno, "%s", archive_name);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      do
+	{
+	  if (tape_des < 0)
+	    {
+	      fprintf (tty_out,
+		       _("To continue, type device/file name when ready.\n"));
+	      fflush (tty_out);
+	    }
+
+	  str_res = ds_fgets (tty_in, &new_name);
+	  if (str_res == NULL || str_res[0] == '\0')
+	    exit (1);
+	  next_archive_name = str_res;
+
+	  tape_des = open_archive (next_archive_name);
+	  if (tape_des == -1)
+	    error (0, errno, "%s", next_archive_name);
+	}
+      while (tape_des < 0);
+    }
+
+  /* We have to make sure that `tape_des' has not changed its value even
+     though we closed it and reopened it, since there are local
+     copies of it in other routines.  This works fine on Unix (even with
+     rmtread and rmtwrite) since open will always return the lowest
+     available file descriptor and we haven't closed any files (e.g.,
+     stdin, stdout or stderr) that were opened before we originally opened
+     the archive.  */
+
+  if (tape_des != old_tape_des)
+    error (1, 0, _("internal error: tape descriptor changed from %d to %d"),
+	   old_tape_des, tape_des);
+
+  free (new_name.ds_string);
+  fclose (tty_in);
+  fclose (tty_out);
+}
+
+/* If MESSAGE does not contain the string "%d", make `new_media_message'
+   a copy of MESSAGE.  If MESSAGES does contain the string "%d", make
+   `new_media_message_with_number' a copy of MESSAGE up to, but
+   not including, the string "%d", and make `new_media_message_after_number'
+   a copy of MESSAGE after the string "%d".  */
+
+void
+set_new_media_message (message)
+     char *message;
+{
+  char *p;
+  int prev_was_percent;
+
+  p = message;
+  prev_was_percent = 0;
+  while (*p != '\0')
+    {
+      if (*p == 'd' && prev_was_percent)
+	break;
+      prev_was_percent = (*p == '%');
+      ++p;
+    }
+  if (*p == '\0')
+    {
+      new_media_message = xstrdup (message);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int length = p - message - 1;
+
+      new_media_message_with_number = xmalloc (length + 1);
+      strncpy (new_media_message_with_number, message, length);
+      new_media_message_with_number[length] = '\0';
+      length = strlen (p + 1);
+      new_media_message_after_number = xmalloc (length + 1);
+      strcpy (new_media_message_after_number, p + 1);
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef SYMLINK_USES_UMASK
+/* Most machines always create symlinks with rwxrwxrwx protection,
+   but some (HP/UX 8.07; maybe DEC's OSF on MIPS, too?) use the
+   umask when creating symlinks, so if your umask is 022 you end
+   up with rwxr-xr-x symlinks (although HP/UX seems to completely
+   ignore the protection).  There doesn't seem to be any way to
+   manipulate the modes once the symlinks are created (e.g.
+   a hypothetical "lchmod"), so to create them with the right
+   modes we have to set the umask first.  */
+
+int
+umasked_symlink (name1, name2, mode)
+  char *name1;
+  char *name2;
+  int mode;
+{
+  int	old_umask;
+  int	rc;
+  mode = ~(mode & 0777) & 0777;
+  old_umask = umask (mode);
+  rc = symlink (name1, name2);
+  umask (old_umask);
+  return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SYMLINK_USES_UMASK */
+
+#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
+int
+chown (path, owner, group)
+     char *path;
+     int owner, group;
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __TURBOC__
+#include <time.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <io.h>
+
+int
+utime (char *filename, struct utimbuf *utb)
+{
+  struct tm *tm;
+  struct ftime filetime;
+  time_t when;
+  int fd;
+  int status;
+
+  if (utb == 0)
+      when = time (0);
+  else
+      when = utb->modtime;
+
+    fd = _open (filename, O_RDWR);
+  if (fd == -1)
+      return -1;
+
+    tm = localtime (&when);
+  if (tm->tm_year < 80)
+      filetime.ft_year = 0;
+  else
+      filetime.ft_year = tm->tm_year - 80;
+    filetime.ft_month = tm->tm_mon + 1;
+    filetime.ft_day = tm->tm_mday;
+  if (tm->tm_hour < 0)
+      filetime.ft_hour = 0;
+  else
+      filetime.ft_hour = tm->tm_hour;
+    filetime.ft_min = tm->tm_min;
+    filetime.ft_tsec = tm->tm_sec / 2;
+
+    status = setftime (fd, &filetime);
+    _close (fd);
+    return status;
+}
+#endif
+#ifdef HPUX_CDF
+/* When we create a cpio archive we mark CDF's by putting an extra `/'
+   after their component name so we can distinguish the CDF's when we
+   extract the archive (in case the "hidden" directory's files appear
+   in the archive before the directory itself).  E.g., in the path
+   "a/b+/c", if b+ is a CDF, we will write this path as "a/b+//c" in
+   the archive so when we extract the archive we will know that b+
+   is actually a CDF, and not an ordinary directory whose name happens
+   to end in `+'.  We also do the same thing internally in copypass.c.  */
+
+
+/* Take an input pathname and check it for CDF's.  Insert an extra
+   `/' in the pathname after each "hidden" directory.  If we add
+   any `/'s, return a malloced string (which it will reuse for
+   later calls so our caller doesn't have to worry about freeing
+   the string) instead of the original input string.  */
+
+char *
+add_cdf_double_slashes (input_name)
+  char *input_name;
+{
+  static char *ret_name = NULL;	/* re-usuable return buffer (malloc'ed)  */
+  static int ret_size = -1;	/* size of return buffer.  */
+  char *p;
+  char *q;
+  int n;
+  struct stat dir_stat;
+
+  /*  Search for a `/' preceeded by a `+'.  */
+
+  for (p = input_name; *p != '\0'; ++p)
+    {
+      if ( (*p == '+') && (*(p + 1) == '/') )
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* If we didn't find a `/' preceeded by a `+' then there are
+     no CDF's in this pathname.  Return the original pathname.  */
+
+  if (*p == '\0')
+    return input_name;
+
+  /* There was a `/' preceeded by a `+' in the pathname.  If it is a CDF 
+     then we will need to copy the input pathname to our return
+     buffer so we can insert the extra `/'s.  Since we can't tell
+     yet whether or not it is a CDF we will just always copy the
+     string to the return buffer.  First we have to make sure the
+     buffer is large enough to hold the string and any number of
+     extra `/'s we might add.  */
+
+  n = 2 * (strlen (input_name) + 1);
+  if (n >= ret_size)
+    {
+      if (ret_size < 0)
+	ret_name = (char *) malloc (n);
+      else
+	ret_name = (char *)realloc (ret_name, n);
+      ret_size = n;
+    }
+
+  /* Clear the `/' after this component, so we can stat the pathname 
+     up to and including this component.  */
+  ++p;
+  *p = '\0';
+  if ((*xstat) (input_name, &dir_stat) < 0)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, "%s", input_name);
+      return input_name;
+    }
+
+  /* Now put back the `/' after this component and copy the pathname up to
+     and including this component and its trailing `/' to the return
+     buffer.  */
+  *p++ = '/';
+  strncpy (ret_name, input_name, p - input_name);
+  q = ret_name + (p - input_name);
+
+  /* If it was a CDF, add another `/'.  */
+  if (S_ISDIR (dir_stat.st_mode) && (dir_stat.st_mode & 04000) )
+    *q++ = '/';
+
+  /* Go through the rest of the input pathname, copying it to the
+     return buffer, and adding an extra `/' after each CDF.  */
+  while (*p != '\0')
+    {
+      if ( (*p == '+') && (*(p + 1) == '/') )
+	{
+	  *q++ = *p++;
+
+	  *p = '\0';
+	  if ((*xstat) (input_name, &dir_stat) < 0)
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", input_name);
+	      return input_name;
+	    }
+	  *p = '/';
+
+	  if (S_ISDIR (dir_stat.st_mode) && (dir_stat.st_mode & 04000) )
+	    *q++ = '/';
+	}
+      *q++ = *p++;
+    }
+  *q = '\0';
+
+  return ret_name;
+}
+
+/* Is the last parent directory (e.g., c in a/b/c/d) a CDF?  If the
+   directory name ends in `+' and is followed by 2 `/'s instead of 1
+   then it is.  This is only the case for cpio archives, but we don't
+   have to worry about tar because tar always has the directory before
+   its files (or else we lose).  */
+
+islastparentcdf(path)
+  char	*path;
+{
+  char *newpath;
+  char *slash;
+  int slash_count;
+  int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
+
+  slash = rindex (path, '/');
+  if (slash == 0)
+    return 0;
+  else
+    {
+      slash_count = 0;
+      while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
+	{
+	  ++slash_count;
+	  --slash;
+	}
+
+
+      if ( (*slash == '+') && (slash_count >= 2) )
+	return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#define DISKBLOCKSIZE	(512)
+
+enum sparse_write_states { begin, in_zeros, not_in_zeros };
+
+
+static int
+buf_all_zeros (buf, bufsize)
+  char *buf;
+  int bufsize;
+{
+  int	i;
+  for (i = 0; i < bufsize; ++i)
+    {
+      if (*buf++ != '\0')
+	return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int delayed_seek_count = 0;
+
+/* Write NBYTE bytes from BUF to remote tape connection FILDES.
+   Return the number of bytes written on success, -1 on error.  */
+
+int
+sparse_write (fildes, buf, nbyte)
+     int fildes;
+     char *buf;
+     unsigned int nbyte;
+{
+  int complete_block_count;
+  int leftover_bytes_count;
+  int seek_count;
+  int write_count;
+  char *cur_write_start;
+  int lseek_rc;
+  int write_rc;
+  int i;
+  enum sparse_write_states state;
+
+  complete_block_count = nbyte / DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+  leftover_bytes_count = nbyte % DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+
+  if (delayed_seek_count != 0)
+    state = in_zeros;
+  else
+    state = begin;
+
+  seek_count = delayed_seek_count;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < complete_block_count; ++i)
+    {
+      switch (state)
+	{
+	  case begin :
+	    if (buf_all_zeros (buf, DISKBLOCKSIZE))
+	      {
+		seek_count = DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+		state = in_zeros;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		cur_write_start = buf;
+		write_count = DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+		state = not_in_zeros;
+	      }
+	    buf += DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+	    break;
+	  case in_zeros :
+	    if (buf_all_zeros (buf, DISKBLOCKSIZE))
+	      {
+		seek_count += DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		lseek (fildes, seek_count, SEEK_CUR);
+		cur_write_start = buf;
+		write_count = DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+		state = not_in_zeros;
+	      }
+	    buf += DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+	    break;
+	  case not_in_zeros :
+	    if (buf_all_zeros (buf, DISKBLOCKSIZE))
+	      {
+		write_rc = write (fildes, cur_write_start, write_count);
+		seek_count = DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+		state = in_zeros;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		write_count += DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+	      }
+	    buf += DISKBLOCKSIZE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  switch (state)
+    {
+      case begin :
+      case in_zeros :
+	delayed_seek_count = seek_count;
+	break;
+      case not_in_zeros :
+	write_rc = write (fildes, cur_write_start, write_count);
+	delayed_seek_count = 0;
+	break;
+    }
+
+  if (leftover_bytes_count != 0)
+    {
+      if (delayed_seek_count != 0)
+	{
+	  lseek_rc = lseek (fildes, delayed_seek_count, SEEK_CUR);
+	  delayed_seek_count = 0;
+	}
+      write_rc = write (fildes, buf, leftover_bytes_count);
+    }
+  return nbyte;
+}
+
+static void
+write_nuls_to_file (num_bytes, out_des)
+    long	num_bytes;
+    int		out_des;
+{
+  long	blocks;
+  long	extra_bytes;
+  long	i;
+
+  blocks = num_bytes / 512;
+  extra_bytes = num_bytes % 512;
+  for (i = 0; i < extra_bytes; ++i)
+    {
+      if (write (out_des, zeros_512, 512) != 512)
+	error (1, errno, _("error writing NUL's"));
+    }
+  if (extra_bytes != 0)
+    {
+      if (write (out_des, zeros_512, extra_bytes) != extra_bytes)
+	error (1, errno, _("error writing NUL's"));
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/xmalloc.c b/src/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2486d8
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if __STDC__
+#define VOID void
+#else
+#define VOID char
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+VOID *malloc ();
+VOID *realloc ();
+void free ();
+#endif
+
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
+   The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages.  */
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
+   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
+int xmalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
+#if __STDC__ && (HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT)
+void error (int, int, const char *, ...);
+#else
+void error ();
+#endif
+
+static VOID *
+fixup_null_alloc (n)
+     size_t n;
+{
+  VOID *p;
+
+  p = 0;
+  if (n == 0)
+    p = malloc ((size_t) 1);
+  if (p == 0)
+    error (xmalloc_exit_failure, 0, gettext ("Memory exhausted"));
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
+
+VOID *
+xmalloc (n)
+     size_t n;
+{
+  VOID *p;
+
+  p = malloc (n);
+  if (p == 0)
+    p = fixup_null_alloc (n);
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.
+   If P is NULL, run xmalloc.  */
+
+VOID *
+xrealloc (p, n)
+     VOID *p;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  if (p == 0)
+    return xmalloc (n);
+  p = realloc (p, n);
+  if (p == 0)
+    p = fixup_null_alloc (n);
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/src/xstrdup.c b/src/xstrdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..beb6f11
--- a/dev/null
+++ b/src/xstrdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
+   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+char *xmalloc ();
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING.  */
+
+char *
+xstrdup (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string);
+}